sku;eans;brand;title;price;formerPrice;deliveryTime;categoryPath;description;url;imageurls;deliveryCosts;paymentCosts_credit_card;paymentCosts_paypal GU-EN-SI-001;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;10 Keep Safe Distance Signs - Black / Yellow - A4-size (29.7 x 21 cm) - 350gsm Poster;£5.99;£6.79;2 - 3 working days;% Sale>Business Signage>;Social distancing sign "Please keep a safe distance" made of sturdy 350gsm card stock. This safety poster is a professional, high-quality print, suitable for temporary indoor use. Finished with a high-gloss lamination for better durability.Message on sign: "Please keep a safe distance"Motif: Pictogram with distance arrows showing people stand 2 metres / 6 ft apartMaterial: Poster printed on 350gsm card stock with glossy laminationDimensions: DIN A4, 29.7 x 21 cm or 11.69 x 8.3in (W x H)Application: indoors (e.g. shops, offices, workshops)Print: Single-side print, back side whiteThe poster's high-contrast colours make this sign very noticeable and reinforces its clear message: Please keep a safe distance of 2 metres or 6 ft.You will receive 10 A4-size signs / posters. Ready to use. Perfect for shops and stores of all kinds, offices, studios, workshops or factories. Simply apply with sticky tape anywhere you want.If you prefer to print the sign yourself, you can download a free PDF version of our "Please keep a safe distance sign".Image similar.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/10-keep-safe-distance-signs-a4?variant=33373193076795;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-please-keep-a-safe-distance-sign_small.jpg?v=1587123266;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-013c;5060579263935;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Alarm System Stickers - Red - 7.4 x 5.2cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Business Signage>;Show potential intruders that you have an alarm system to protect your premises or propertyCan be used on doors and windows at home, offices and other properties, or placed on alarm secured items (cars, locks, safes, tills). For external applicationWhite letters on red background, self-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, weatherproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSelf-adhesive vinyl sticker, suitable for indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesImage similar.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/alarm-system-stickers?variant=33569791639611;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-alarm-system-sticker-red_small.jpg?v=1588350373;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-023c;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Austrian Flag Stickers - Austria Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(4);£2.49;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Austrian or simply like Austria with this high-quality Austrian flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Austrian flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/austrian-flag-stickers?variant=35781217583263;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-austrian-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597999970;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-023e;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Austrian Flag Stickers - Austria Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Austrian or simply like Austria with this high-quality Austrian flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Austrian flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/austrian-flag-stickers?variant=35781217616031;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-austrian-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597999970;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-023f;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Austrian Flag Stickers - Austria Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(20);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Austrian or simply like Austria with this high-quality Austrian flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Austrian flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/austrian-flag-stickers?variant=35781217648799;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-austrian-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597999970;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-037c;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Belgian Flag Stickers - Belgium Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(4);£2.49;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Belgian or simply like Belgium with this high-quality Belgian flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Belgian flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/belgian-flag-stickers?variant=35781144707231;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-belgian-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597999761;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-037e;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Belgian Flag Stickers - Belgium Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Belgian or simply like Belgium with this high-quality Belgian flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Belgian flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/belgian-flag-stickers?variant=35781144772767;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-belgian-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597999761;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-037f;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Belgian Flag Stickers - Belgium Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(20);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Belgian or simply like Belgium with this high-quality Belgian flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Belgian flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/belgian-flag-stickers?variant=35781144805535;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-belgian-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597999761;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-072c;5060579263133;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Binding Screw Extensions - Silver / Nickel - 10mm(Silver / Nickel / 50);£11.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;Compatible with all our binding screws from 7 mm length, these binding screw extensions can increase the capacity / thread of your screw post binding without buying longer screws than the ones you might already have.Easily increase the maximum capacity of your screw post bindingSimply screw the extension into the post on the one side and the screw into the extension on the other.The extensions will increase the maximum capacity of your screw post binding by 10 mm. For example, a single 10 mm extension will increase a 7 mm screw post set to 17 mm maximum capacity.Product SpecificationsSizeØ 5 mmLength10 mm (1 cm or 0.39 in)Screw threadM4MaterialNickel-plated steelAvailable coloursSilver (nickel);https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/binding-screw-extensions-10mm?variant=32230982123579;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-screw-extensions-10mm-silver_small.jpg?v=1582797920;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-072d;5060579263140;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Binding Screw Extensions - Silver / Nickel - 10mm(Silver / Nickel / 100);£19.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;Compatible with all our binding screws from 7 mm length, these binding screw extensions can increase the capacity / thread of your screw post binding without buying longer screws than the ones you might already have.Easily increase the maximum capacity of your screw post bindingSimply screw the extension into the post on the one side and the screw into the extension on the other.The extensions will increase the maximum capacity of your screw post binding by 10 mm. For example, a single 10 mm extension will increase a 7 mm screw post set to 17 mm maximum capacity.Product SpecificationsSizeØ 5 mmLength10 mm (1 cm or 0.39 in)Screw threadM4MaterialNickel-plated steelAvailable coloursSilver (nickel);https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/binding-screw-extensions-10mm?variant=32230982156347;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-screw-extensions-10mm-silver_small.jpg?v=1582797920;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-068a;5060579262303;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Binding Screw Hangers - Silver / Gold - 5mm Hole(100 / Silver / Nickel);£8.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;Binding Screw Hangers work perfectly with binding screws. These d-ring hangers are essential for creating hanging sample swatches, restaurant menus, signage, leaflets, catalogues, and much more.Simply insert a hanger in addition to the binding screw and you can hang, for example, a sample swatch anywhere you like.The hangers add about 2 mm - please take this into account when selecting an appropriate binding screw.The metal ring is big enough to fit slim hooks and can also be used with cable ties or cable hanging systemsRequires screw-post binding. Perfect for hanging samples swatches restaurant menus, signage, cataloguesCould also be attached to wooden frames in combination with wood screws5mm standard hole - made of metal, available in silver or gold / brassDoes not include binding screws.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/binding-screw-hangers-silver-gold?variant=31067708719163;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/03_silver_book-binding-hanger_small.jpg?v=1572966730;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-069a;5060579262310;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Binding Screw Hangers - Silver / Gold - 5mm Hole(100 / Gold / Brass);£8.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;Binding Screw Hangers work perfectly with binding screws. These d-ring hangers are essential for creating hanging sample swatches, restaurant menus, signage, leaflets, catalogues, and much more.Simply insert a hanger in addition to the binding screw and you can hang, for example, a sample swatch anywhere you like.The hangers add about 2 mm - please take this into account when selecting an appropriate binding screw.The metal ring is big enough to fit slim hooks and can also be used with cable ties or cable hanging systemsRequires screw-post binding. Perfect for hanging samples swatches restaurant menus, signage, cataloguesCould also be attached to wooden frames in combination with wood screws5mm standard hole - made of metal, available in silver or gold / brassDoes not include binding screws.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/binding-screw-hangers-silver-gold?variant=31067708751931;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/03_silver_book-binding-hanger_small.jpg?v=1572966730;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-066a;5060579262280;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Binding Screw Washers - Ø17mm - 1mm Height - Silver/Gold(100 / Silver / Nickel);£6.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;Binding Screw Washers for Book Binding Screws / Screw-post BindingsUse one washer per binding screw to give extra strength to the spine of handmade book or brochuresIdeal to offset height differences, if the binding screw is a bit too long - will add 1mm between screw and coverSimply place washer between cover and screw and tighten screw as usual17mm diameter, 5mm hole, 1mm height - made of metal, available in silver and goldBinding Screw Washers are a bookbinding essential. A single washer between book cover and binding screw will reinforce the binding and help keep screws securely in their place.Alternatively, binding screw washers can be used to make up for height differences between cover and binding. For example, if you only have a 6mm binding post and actually a 5mm post would fit perfectly, add the washer and it will reduce the space between cover and binding by 1mm.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/binding-screw-washers-17mm-silver-gold?variant=31067708915771;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/03_gold_book-binding-washers_small.jpg?v=1581608501;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-067a;5060579262297;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Binding Screw Washers - Ø17mm - 1mm Height - Silver/Gold(100 / Gold / Brass);£6.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;Binding Screw Washers for Book Binding Screws / Screw-post BindingsUse one washer per binding screw to give extra strength to the spine of handmade book or brochuresIdeal to offset height differences, if the binding screw is a bit too long - will add 1mm between screw and coverSimply place washer between cover and screw and tighten screw as usual17mm diameter, 5mm hole, 1mm height - made of metal, available in silver and goldBinding Screw Washers are a bookbinding essential. A single washer between book cover and binding screw will reinforce the binding and help keep screws securely in their place.Alternatively, binding screw washers can be used to make up for height differences between cover and binding. For example, if you only have a 6mm binding post and actually a 5mm post would fit perfectly, add the washer and it will reduce the space between cover and binding by 1mm.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/binding-screw-washers-17mm-silver-gold?variant=31067708948539;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/03_gold_book-binding-washers_small.jpg?v=1581608501;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-078a;5060579263379;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Black(2mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a black top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceBlack book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-black?variant=31067710062651;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-black-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721919;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-056a;5060579262723;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Black(2mm / 25);£7.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a black top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceBlack book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-black?variant=31067710095419;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-black-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721919;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-073a;5060579262730;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Black(2mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a black top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceBlack book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-black?variant=31067710128187;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-black-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721919;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-078b;5060579263386;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Black(3.5mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a black top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceBlack book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-black?variant=31067710193723;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-black-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721919;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-056b;5060579263355;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Black(3.5mm / 25);£7.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a black top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceBlack book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-black?variant=31067710226491;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-black-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721919;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-073b;5060579263362;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Black(3.5mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a black top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceBlack book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-black?variant=31067710259259;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-black-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721919;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-078c;5060579263416;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Black(5mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a black top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceBlack book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-black?variant=31067710324795;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-black-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721919;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-056c;5060579261597;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Black(5mm / 25);£7.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a black top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceBlack book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-black?variant=31067710357563;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-black-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721919;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-073c;5060579262402;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Black(5mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a black top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceBlack book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-black?variant=31067710390331;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-black-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721919;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-078d;5060579263423;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Black(7mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a black top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceBlack book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-black?variant=31067710455867;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-black-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721919;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-056d;5060579263447;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Black(7mm / 25);£7.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a black top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceBlack book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-black?variant=31067710488635;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-black-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721919;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-073d;5060579263454;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Black(7mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a black top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceBlack book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-black?variant=31067710521403;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-black-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721919;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-078e;5060579263430;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Black(10mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a black top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceBlack book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-black?variant=31067710586939;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-black-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721919;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-056e;5060579263461;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Black(10mm / 25);£7.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a black top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceBlack book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-black?variant=31067710619707;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-black-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721919;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-073e;5060579263478;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Black(10mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a black top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceBlack book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-black?variant=31067710652475;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-black-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721919;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-079a;5060579263393;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Black(2mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a black top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceBlack book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-black?variant=32568821514299;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-black-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721919;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-079b;5060579263409;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Black(3.5mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a black top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceBlack book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-black?variant=32568826003515;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-black-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721919;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-079c;5060579262419;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Black(5mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a black top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceBlack book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-black?variant=32568835113019;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-black-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721919;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-079d;5060579263485;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Black(7mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a black top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceBlack book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-black?variant=32568920080443;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-black-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721919;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-079e;5060579263492;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Black(10mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a black top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceBlack book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-black?variant=32568921423931;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-black-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721919;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-042aa;5060579262426;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(2mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=31067716026427;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-042a;5060579260712;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(2mm / 25);£7.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=31067716059195;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-064a;5060579262105;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(2mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=31067716091963;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-042ba;5060579262433;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(3.5mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=31067716157499;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-042b;5060579260729;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(3.5mm / 25);£7.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=31067716190267;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-064b;5060579262112;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(3.5mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=31067716223035;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-042ca;5060579262440;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(5mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=31067716288571;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-042c;5060579260736;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(5mm / 25);£7.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=31067716321339;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-064c;5060579262129;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(5mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=31067716354107;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-042da;5060579262457;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(7mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=31067716419643;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-042d;5060579260743;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(7mm / 25);£7.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=31067716452411;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-064d;5060579262136;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(7mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=31067716485179;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-042ea;5060579262464;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(10mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=31067716550715;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-042e;5060579260750;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(10mm / 25);£7.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=31067716583483;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-064e;5060579262143;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(10mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=31067716616251;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-071a;5060579262235;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(2mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=31067716649019;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-071b;5060579262242;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(3.5mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=31067716681787;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-071c;5060579262259;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(5mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=31067716714555;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-071d;5060579262266;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(7mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=31067716747323;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-071e;5060579262273;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(10mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=31067716780091;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-042ga;5060579263973;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(20mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=35095025647775;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-042g;5060579263980;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(20mm / 25);£7.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=35095032103071;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-064g;5060579263997;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(20mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=35095036756127;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-071g;5060579264000;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Brass (Brass-plated)(20mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are brass plated and the colour is similar to brass. When new and unused, they look almost golden.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Brass Book Binding Screws at a glanceBrass plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-brass-brass-plated?variant=35095040557215;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-brass-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721609;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-041aa;5060579262525;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Copper (Copper-plated)(2mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws are copper plated and the colour is similar to - you guessed it - copper, or rose-gold.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Copper Book Binding Screws at a glanceCopper plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-copper-rose-gold?variant=31067714912315;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-copper-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721423;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-041a;5060579260644;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Copper (Copper-plated)(2mm / 25);£7.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws are copper plated and the colour is similar to - you guessed it - copper, or rose-gold.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Copper Book Binding Screws at a glanceCopper plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-copper-rose-gold?variant=31067714945083;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-copper-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721423;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-063a;5060579262037;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Copper (Copper-plated)(2mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws are copper plated and the colour is similar to - you guessed it - copper, or rose-gold.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Copper Book Binding Screws at a glanceCopper plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-copper-rose-gold?variant=31067714977851;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-copper-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721423;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-041ba;5060579262532;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Copper (Copper-plated)(3.5mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws are copper plated and the colour is similar to - you guessed it - copper, or rose-gold.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Copper Book Binding Screws at a glanceCopper plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-copper-rose-gold?variant=31067715010619;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-copper-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721423;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-041b;5060579260651;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Copper (Copper-plated)(3.5mm / 25);£7.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws are copper plated and the colour is similar to - you guessed it - copper, or rose-gold.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Copper Book Binding Screws at a glanceCopper plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-copper-rose-gold?variant=31067715043387;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-copper-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721423;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-063b;5060579262044;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Copper (Copper-plated)(3.5mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws are copper plated and the colour is similar to - you guessed it - copper, or rose-gold.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Copper Book Binding Screws at a glanceCopper plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-copper-rose-gold?variant=31067715076155;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-copper-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721423;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-041ca;5060579262549;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Copper (Copper-plated)(5mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws are copper plated and the colour is similar to - you guessed it - copper, or rose-gold.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Copper Book Binding Screws at a glanceCopper plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-copper-rose-gold?variant=31067715108923;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-copper-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721423;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-041c;5060579260668;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Copper (Copper-plated)(5mm / 25);£7.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws are copper plated and the colour is similar to - you guessed it - copper, or rose-gold.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Copper Book Binding Screws at a glanceCopper plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-copper-rose-gold?variant=31067715141691;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-copper-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721423;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-063c;5060579262051;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Copper (Copper-plated)(5mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws are copper plated and the colour is similar to - you guessed it - copper, or rose-gold.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Copper Book Binding Screws at a glanceCopper plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-copper-rose-gold?variant=31067715174459;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-copper-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721423;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-041da;5060579262556;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Copper (Copper-plated)(7mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws are copper plated and the colour is similar to - you guessed it - copper, or rose-gold.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Copper Book Binding Screws at a glanceCopper plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-copper-rose-gold?variant=31067715207227;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-copper-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721423;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-041d;5060579260675;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Copper (Copper-plated)(7mm / 25);£7.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws are copper plated and the colour is similar to - you guessed it - copper, or rose-gold.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Copper Book Binding Screws at a glanceCopper plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-copper-rose-gold?variant=31067715239995;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-copper-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721423;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-063d;5060579262068;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Copper (Copper-plated)(7mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws are copper plated and the colour is similar to - you guessed it - copper, or rose-gold.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Copper Book Binding Screws at a glanceCopper plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-copper-rose-gold?variant=31067715272763;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-copper-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721423;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-041ea;5060579262563;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Copper (Copper-plated)(10mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws are copper plated and the colour is similar to - you guessed it - copper, or rose-gold.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Copper Book Binding Screws at a glanceCopper plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-copper-rose-gold?variant=31067715305531;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-copper-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721423;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-041e;5060579260682;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Copper (Copper-plated)(10mm / 25);£7.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws are copper plated and the colour is similar to - you guessed it - copper, or rose-gold.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Copper Book Binding Screws at a glanceCopper plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-copper-rose-gold?variant=31067715338299;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-copper-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721423;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-063e;5060579262075;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Copper (Copper-plated)(10mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws are copper plated and the colour is similar to - you guessed it - copper, or rose-gold.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Copper Book Binding Screws at a glanceCopper plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-copper-rose-gold?variant=31067715371067;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-copper-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721423;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-065a;5060579262181;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Copper (Copper-plated)(2mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws are copper plated and the colour is similar to - you guessed it - copper, or rose-gold.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Copper Book Binding Screws at a glanceCopper plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-copper-rose-gold?variant=31067715436603;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-copper-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721423;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-065b;5060579262198;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Copper (Copper-plated)(3.5mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws are copper plated and the colour is similar to - you guessed it - copper, or rose-gold.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Copper Book Binding Screws at a glanceCopper plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-copper-rose-gold?variant=31067715469371;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-copper-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721423;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-065c;5060579262204;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Copper (Copper-plated)(5mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws are copper plated and the colour is similar to - you guessed it - copper, or rose-gold.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Copper Book Binding Screws at a glanceCopper plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-copper-rose-gold?variant=31067715502139;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-copper-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721423;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-065d;5060579262211;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Copper (Copper-plated)(7mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws are copper plated and the colour is similar to - you guessed it - copper, or rose-gold.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Copper Book Binding Screws at a glanceCopper plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-copper-rose-gold?variant=31067715534907;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-copper-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721423;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-065e;5060579262228;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Copper (Copper-plated)(10mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws are copper plated and the colour is similar to - you guessed it - copper, or rose-gold.Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Copper Book Binding Screws at a glanceCopper plated book binding screws (chicago screws)Including screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs.  If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-copper-rose-gold?variant=31067715567675;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-copper-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721423;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-020aa;5060579262471;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(2mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=31067713601595;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-020a;5060579261825;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(2mm / 25);£7.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=31067713634363;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-059a;5060579261726;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(2mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=31067713667131;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-020ba;5060579262488;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(3.5mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=31067713732667;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-020b;5060579261832;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(3.5mm / 25);£7.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=31067713765435;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-059b;5060579261733;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(3.5mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=31067713798203;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-020ca;5060579262495;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(5mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=31067713863739;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-020c;5060579261849;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(5mm / 25);£7.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=31067713896507;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-059c;5060579261740;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(5mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=31067713929275;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-020da;5060579262501;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(7mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=31067713994811;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-020d;5060579261856;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(7mm / 25);£7.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=31067714027579;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-059b;5060579261757;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(7mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=31067714060347;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-020ea;5060579262518;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(10mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=31067714125883;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-020fa;5060579263690;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(15mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=32772225761339;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-020e;5060579261863;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(10mm / 25);£7.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=31067714158651;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-020f;5060579262082;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(15mm / 25);£7.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=32772225826875;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-020g;5060579262099;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(20mm / 25);£7.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=32772288577595;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-020ga;5060579263706;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(20mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=32772316004411;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-059e;5060579261764;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(10mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=31067714191419;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-059f;5060579263713;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(15mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=32772225859643;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-059g;5060579263720;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(20mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=32772288643131;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-060a;5060579261771;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(2mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=31067714224187;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-060b;5060579261788;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(3.5mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=31067714256955;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-060c;5060579261795;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(5mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=31067714289723;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-060d;5060579261801;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(7mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=31067714322491;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-060e;5060579261818;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(10mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=31067714355259;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-060f;5060579263737;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(15mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=32772225957947;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-060g;5060579263744;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Silver (Nickel-plated)(20mm / 100);£22.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These nickel binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 20mm length.All binding screws are nickel-plated and silver-coloured. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use nickel binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use nickel book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Your browser does not support the video tag.Book Binding Screws at a glanceNickel binding screws (chicago screws), binding screws with nickel platingIncluding screw and post.Available lengths / sizes: 2mm - 20mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-silver-nickel-plated?variant=32772288708667;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-silver-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721711;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-074c;5060579263171;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Stainless Steel - Matt Silver(5mm / 10);£5.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;Stainless steel book binding screws with a light matt finish are perfect for all projects where durability is important. The book screws are suitable for use in bookbinding, scrapbooking, craft projects, presentation folders, sample folders, menus, sample swatches, photo albums and much more.Apart from book binding, stainless steel book screws can also be used as screw rivets for leather and textile projects (e.g. belts, knife sheaths, bags made of heavy fabric). Stainless steel book screws are also particularly suitable for leashes and dog harnesses.The book screws, consisting of screw and post, can be tightened easily by hand or with a screwdriver.Stainless Steel Book Binding Screws at a glanceStainless steel book binding screwsHead diameter: 10 mmShank diameter: 5 mmDifferent heights availableScrew (S4) slotted and post (M4)Image similar to product ;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-stainless-steel-matt-silver?variant=32471496392763;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-stainless-steel-book-binding-screws-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721825;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-075c;5060579263225;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Stainless Steel - Matt Silver(5mm / 25);£8.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;Stainless steel book binding screws with a light matt finish are perfect for all projects where durability is important. The book screws are suitable for use in bookbinding, scrapbooking, craft projects, presentation folders, sample folders, menus, sample swatches, photo albums and much more.Apart from book binding, stainless steel book screws can also be used as screw rivets for leather and textile projects (e.g. belts, knife sheaths, bags made of heavy fabric). Stainless steel book screws are also particularly suitable for leashes and dog harnesses.The book screws, consisting of screw and post, can be tightened easily by hand or with a screwdriver.Stainless Steel Book Binding Screws at a glanceStainless steel book binding screwsHead diameter: 10 mmShank diameter: 5 mmDifferent heights availableScrew (S4) slotted and post (M4)Image similar to product ;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-stainless-steel-matt-silver?variant=32471496425531;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-stainless-steel-book-binding-screws-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721825;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-076c;5060579263270;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Stainless Steel - Matt Silver(5mm / 50);£14.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;Stainless steel book binding screws with a light matt finish are perfect for all projects where durability is important. The book screws are suitable for use in bookbinding, scrapbooking, craft projects, presentation folders, sample folders, menus, sample swatches, photo albums and much more.Apart from book binding, stainless steel book screws can also be used as screw rivets for leather and textile projects (e.g. belts, knife sheaths, bags made of heavy fabric). Stainless steel book screws are also particularly suitable for leashes and dog harnesses.The book screws, consisting of screw and post, can be tightened easily by hand or with a screwdriver.Stainless Steel Book Binding Screws at a glanceStainless steel book binding screwsHead diameter: 10 mmShank diameter: 5 mmDifferent heights availableScrew (S4) slotted and post (M4)Image similar to product ;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-stainless-steel-matt-silver?variant=32471496458299;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-stainless-steel-book-binding-screws-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721825;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-074d;5060579263188;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Stainless Steel - Matt Silver(7mm / 10);£5.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;Stainless steel book binding screws with a light matt finish are perfect for all projects where durability is important. The book screws are suitable for use in bookbinding, scrapbooking, craft projects, presentation folders, sample folders, menus, sample swatches, photo albums and much more.Apart from book binding, stainless steel book screws can also be used as screw rivets for leather and textile projects (e.g. belts, knife sheaths, bags made of heavy fabric). Stainless steel book screws are also particularly suitable for leashes and dog harnesses.The book screws, consisting of screw and post, can be tightened easily by hand or with a screwdriver.Stainless Steel Book Binding Screws at a glanceStainless steel book binding screwsHead diameter: 10 mmShank diameter: 5 mmDifferent heights availableScrew (S4) slotted and post (M4)Image similar to product ;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-stainless-steel-matt-silver?variant=32471496523835;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-stainless-steel-book-binding-screws-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721825;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-075d;5060579263232;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Stainless Steel - Matt Silver(7mm / 25);£8.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;Stainless steel book binding screws with a light matt finish are perfect for all projects where durability is important. The book screws are suitable for use in bookbinding, scrapbooking, craft projects, presentation folders, sample folders, menus, sample swatches, photo albums and much more.Apart from book binding, stainless steel book screws can also be used as screw rivets for leather and textile projects (e.g. belts, knife sheaths, bags made of heavy fabric). Stainless steel book screws are also particularly suitable for leashes and dog harnesses.The book screws, consisting of screw and post, can be tightened easily by hand or with a screwdriver.Stainless Steel Book Binding Screws at a glanceStainless steel book binding screwsHead diameter: 10 mmShank diameter: 5 mmDifferent heights availableScrew (S4) slotted and post (M4)Image similar to product ;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-stainless-steel-matt-silver?variant=32471496622139;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-stainless-steel-book-binding-screws-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721825;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-076d;5060579263287;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Stainless Steel - Matt Silver(7mm / 50);£14.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;Stainless steel book binding screws with a light matt finish are perfect for all projects where durability is important. The book screws are suitable for use in bookbinding, scrapbooking, craft projects, presentation folders, sample folders, menus, sample swatches, photo albums and much more.Apart from book binding, stainless steel book screws can also be used as screw rivets for leather and textile projects (e.g. belts, knife sheaths, bags made of heavy fabric). Stainless steel book screws are also particularly suitable for leashes and dog harnesses.The book screws, consisting of screw and post, can be tightened easily by hand or with a screwdriver.Stainless Steel Book Binding Screws at a glanceStainless steel book binding screwsHead diameter: 10 mmShank diameter: 5 mmDifferent heights availableScrew (S4) slotted and post (M4)Image similar to product ;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-stainless-steel-matt-silver?variant=32471496687675;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-stainless-steel-book-binding-screws-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721825;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-074e;5060579263195;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Stainless Steel - Matt Silver(10mm / 10);£5.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;Stainless steel book binding screws with a light matt finish are perfect for all projects where durability is important. The book screws are suitable for use in bookbinding, scrapbooking, craft projects, presentation folders, sample folders, menus, sample swatches, photo albums and much more.Apart from book binding, stainless steel book screws can also be used as screw rivets for leather and textile projects (e.g. belts, knife sheaths, bags made of heavy fabric). Stainless steel book screws are also particularly suitable for leashes and dog harnesses.The book screws, consisting of screw and post, can be tightened easily by hand or with a screwdriver.Stainless Steel Book Binding Screws at a glanceStainless steel book binding screwsHead diameter: 10 mmShank diameter: 5 mmDifferent heights availableScrew (S4) slotted and post (M4)Image similar to product ;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-stainless-steel-matt-silver?variant=32471496818747;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-stainless-steel-book-binding-screws-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721825;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-075e;5060579263249;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Stainless Steel - Matt Silver(10mm / 25);£8.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;Stainless steel book binding screws with a light matt finish are perfect for all projects where durability is important. The book screws are suitable for use in bookbinding, scrapbooking, craft projects, presentation folders, sample folders, menus, sample swatches, photo albums and much more.Apart from book binding, stainless steel book screws can also be used as screw rivets for leather and textile projects (e.g. belts, knife sheaths, bags made of heavy fabric). Stainless steel book screws are also particularly suitable for leashes and dog harnesses.The book screws, consisting of screw and post, can be tightened easily by hand or with a screwdriver.Stainless Steel Book Binding Screws at a glanceStainless steel book binding screwsHead diameter: 10 mmShank diameter: 5 mmDifferent heights availableScrew (S4) slotted and post (M4)Image similar to product ;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-stainless-steel-matt-silver?variant=32471496884283;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-stainless-steel-book-binding-screws-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721825;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-076e;5060579263294;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Stainless Steel - Matt Silver(10mm / 50);£14.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;Stainless steel book binding screws with a light matt finish are perfect for all projects where durability is important. The book screws are suitable for use in bookbinding, scrapbooking, craft projects, presentation folders, sample folders, menus, sample swatches, photo albums and much more.Apart from book binding, stainless steel book screws can also be used as screw rivets for leather and textile projects (e.g. belts, knife sheaths, bags made of heavy fabric). Stainless steel book screws are also particularly suitable for leashes and dog harnesses.The book screws, consisting of screw and post, can be tightened easily by hand or with a screwdriver.Stainless Steel Book Binding Screws at a glanceStainless steel book binding screwsHead diameter: 10 mmShank diameter: 5 mmDifferent heights availableScrew (S4) slotted and post (M4)Image similar to product ;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-stainless-steel-matt-silver?variant=32471496949819;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-stainless-steel-book-binding-screws-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721825;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-077c;5060579263324;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Stainless Steel - Matt Silver(5mm / 100);£23.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;Stainless steel book binding screws with a light matt finish are perfect for all projects where durability is important. The book screws are suitable for use in bookbinding, scrapbooking, craft projects, presentation folders, sample folders, menus, sample swatches, photo albums and much more.Apart from book binding, stainless steel book screws can also be used as screw rivets for leather and textile projects (e.g. belts, knife sheaths, bags made of heavy fabric). Stainless steel book screws are also particularly suitable for leashes and dog harnesses.The book screws, consisting of screw and post, can be tightened easily by hand or with a screwdriver.Stainless Steel Book Binding Screws at a glanceStainless steel book binding screwsHead diameter: 10 mmShank diameter: 5 mmDifferent heights availableScrew (S4) slotted and post (M4)Image similar to product ;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-stainless-steel-matt-silver?variant=32471497080891;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-stainless-steel-book-binding-screws-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721825;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-077d;5060579263331;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Stainless Steel - Matt Silver(7mm / 100);£23.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;Stainless steel book binding screws with a light matt finish are perfect for all projects where durability is important. The book screws are suitable for use in bookbinding, scrapbooking, craft projects, presentation folders, sample folders, menus, sample swatches, photo albums and much more.Apart from book binding, stainless steel book screws can also be used as screw rivets for leather and textile projects (e.g. belts, knife sheaths, bags made of heavy fabric). Stainless steel book screws are also particularly suitable for leashes and dog harnesses.The book screws, consisting of screw and post, can be tightened easily by hand or with a screwdriver.Stainless Steel Book Binding Screws at a glanceStainless steel book binding screwsHead diameter: 10 mmShank diameter: 5 mmDifferent heights availableScrew (S4) slotted and post (M4)Image similar to product ;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-stainless-steel-matt-silver?variant=32471497113659;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-stainless-steel-book-binding-screws-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721825;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-077e;5060579263348;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - Stainless Steel - Matt Silver(10mm / 100);£23.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;Stainless steel book binding screws with a light matt finish are perfect for all projects where durability is important. The book screws are suitable for use in bookbinding, scrapbooking, craft projects, presentation folders, sample folders, menus, sample swatches, photo albums and much more.Apart from book binding, stainless steel book screws can also be used as screw rivets for leather and textile projects (e.g. belts, knife sheaths, bags made of heavy fabric). Stainless steel book screws are also particularly suitable for leashes and dog harnesses.The book screws, consisting of screw and post, can be tightened easily by hand or with a screwdriver.Stainless Steel Book Binding Screws at a glanceStainless steel book binding screwsHead diameter: 10 mmShank diameter: 5 mmDifferent heights availableScrew (S4) slotted and post (M4)Image similar to product ;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-stainless-steel-matt-silver?variant=32471497146427;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-stainless-steel-book-binding-screws-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596721825;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-080c;5060579264017;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - White(5mm / 10);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a white top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceWhite book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-white?variant=35479123722399;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-white-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596726196;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-081c;5060579264024;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - White(5mm / 25);£7.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a white top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceWhite book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-white?variant=35479123755167;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-white-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596726196;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-082c;5060579264031;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Binding Screws - White(5mm / 50);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;These book binding screws (aka chicago screws or interscrews) are available from 2mm to 10mm length.All binding screws have a white top and bottom. The screw body is silver-coloured / nickel-plated and virtually invisible when used. Please be aware that screws up to 3.5mm length have an open post (see pictures).Ideal to hold together several pages of documents or swatch books, depending on the length you choose. The longer the binding screw, the more it can hold.The binding screws come in pairs (screws and posts), which you can easily put together by hand or use a screwdriver.Where to use book binding screwshandbound booksbookbinding (screw-post binding)leather covers / leather bindingsbrochurescustomised photo albumsportfolioscolour swatchesrestaurant menusall other print productsHow to use book binding screwsPunch a standard 5mm hole and insert one of the book screws. Fasten by hand or use a flat screwdriver.Book Binding Screws at a glanceWhite book binding screws (chicago screws) with nickel-plated, silver screw bodyIncluding screw and postAvailable lengths / sizes: 2mm - 10mm (please choose from variations)Head diameter: 10mm or 0.39" with slot screw head / flat screw headScrew post diameter / hole diameter: fits standard 5mm (0.2") holesDepending on the length of the screw, the screw post either has a hole or is blankPlease choose the length (size) according to your needs. If unsure, ask us or order a sample.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-binding-screws-white?variant=35479123787935;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-screws-white-5-10mm_small.jpg?v=1596726196;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-047a;5060579261030;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 22 x 22 x 3.5mm(20 / Silver / Nickel);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 22 x 22mm (2.2 x 2.2cm or 0.87 x 0.87in)Up to 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, silver-coloured (nickel-plated) or brass / gold-colouredA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-22-x-22-x-3-5mm?variant=31067711995963;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-22x3_5mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134141;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-061a;5060579261955;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 22 x 22 x 3.5mm(20 / Gold / Brass);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 22 x 22mm (2.2 x 2.2cm or 0.87 x 0.87in)Up to 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, silver-coloured (nickel-plated) or brass / gold-colouredA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-22-x-22-x-3-5mm?variant=31067712028731;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-22x3_5mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134141;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-047b;5060579261047;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 22 x 22 x 3.5mm(40 / Silver / Nickel);£6.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 22 x 22mm (2.2 x 2.2cm or 0.87 x 0.87in)Up to 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, silver-coloured (nickel-plated) or brass / gold-colouredA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-22-x-22-x-3-5mm?variant=31067712061499;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-22x3_5mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134141;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-061b;5060579261962;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 22 x 22 x 3.5mm(40 / Gold / Brass);£6.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 22 x 22mm (2.2 x 2.2cm or 0.87 x 0.87in)Up to 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, silver-coloured (nickel-plated) or brass / gold-colouredA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-22-x-22-x-3-5mm?variant=31067712094267;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-22x3_5mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134141;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-047c;5060579261054;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 22 x 22 x 3.5mm(80 / Silver / Nickel);£9.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 22 x 22mm (2.2 x 2.2cm or 0.87 x 0.87in)Up to 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, silver-coloured (nickel-plated) or brass / gold-colouredA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-22-x-22-x-3-5mm?variant=31067712127035;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-22x3_5mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134141;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-061c;5060579261979;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 22 x 22 x 3.5mm(80 / Gold / Brass);£9.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 22 x 22mm (2.2 x 2.2cm or 0.87 x 0.87in)Up to 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, silver-coloured (nickel-plated) or brass / gold-colouredA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-22-x-22-x-3-5mm?variant=31067712159803;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-22x3_5mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134141;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-047d;5060579261061;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 22 x 22 x 3.5mm(120 / Silver / Nickel);£10.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 22 x 22mm (2.2 x 2.2cm or 0.87 x 0.87in)Up to 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, silver-coloured (nickel-plated) or brass / gold-colouredA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-22-x-22-x-3-5mm?variant=31067712192571;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-22x3_5mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134141;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-061d;5060579261986;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 22 x 22 x 3.5mm(120 / Gold / Brass);£10.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 22 x 22mm (2.2 x 2.2cm or 0.87 x 0.87in)Up to 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, silver-coloured (nickel-plated) or brass / gold-colouredA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-22-x-22-x-3-5mm?variant=31067712225339;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-22x3_5mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134141;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-045b;5060579260965;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 22 x 22 x 4.5mm(40 / Silver / Nickel);£6.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 22 x 22mm (2.2 x 2.2cm or 0.87 x 0.87in)Up to 4.5mm (0.45cm or 0.18in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, available in silver or gold / brassA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)? The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 4.5mm (0.45cm or 0.18in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-22-x-22-x-4-5mm?variant=31067711668283;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-22x4_5mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134178;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-045c;5060579260972;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 22 x 22 x 4.5mm(80 / Silver / Nickel);£9.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 22 x 22mm (2.2 x 2.2cm or 0.87 x 0.87in)Up to 4.5mm (0.45cm or 0.18in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, available in silver or gold / brassA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)? The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 4.5mm (0.45cm or 0.18in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-22-x-22-x-4-5mm?variant=31067711733819;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-22x4_5mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134178;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-045d;5060579260989;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 22 x 22 x 4.5mm(120 / Silver / Nickel);£10.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 22 x 22mm (2.2 x 2.2cm or 0.87 x 0.87in)Up to 4.5mm (0.45cm or 0.18in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, available in silver or gold / brassA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)? The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 4.5mm (0.45cm or 0.18in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-22-x-22-x-4-5mm?variant=31067711766587;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-22x4_5mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134178;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-046b;5060579261009;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 22 x 22 x 4.5mm(40 / Gold / Brass);£6.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 22 x 22mm (2.2 x 2.2cm or 0.87 x 0.87in)Up to 4.5mm (0.45cm or 0.18in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, available in silver or gold / brassA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)? The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 4.5mm (0.45cm or 0.18in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-22-x-22-x-4-5mm?variant=31067711832123;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-22x4_5mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134178;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-046c;5060579261016;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 22 x 22 x 4.5mm(80 / Gold / Brass);£9.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 22 x 22mm (2.2 x 2.2cm or 0.87 x 0.87in)Up to 4.5mm (0.45cm or 0.18in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, available in silver or gold / brassA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)? The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 4.5mm (0.45cm or 0.18in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-22-x-22-x-4-5mm?variant=31067711864891;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-22x4_5mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134178;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-046d;5060579261023;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 22 x 22 x 4.5mm(120 / Gold / Brass);£10.49;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 22 x 22mm (2.2 x 2.2cm or 0.87 x 0.87in)Up to 4.5mm (0.45cm or 0.18in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, available in silver or gold / brassA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)? The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 4.5mm (0.45cm or 0.18in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-22-x-22-x-4-5mm?variant=31067711897659;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-22x4_5mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134178;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-070a;5060579262631;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 30 x 30 x 4mm(20 / Silver / Nickel);£5.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 30 x 30mm (3.0 x 3.0cm or 1.18 x 1.18in)Up to 4mm (0.4cm or 0.16in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, silver-coloured (nickel-plated) or brass / gold-colouredA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 4mm (0.4cm or 0.16in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-30-30-4mm?variant=31090312413243;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-corners-silver-brass-30-30-4mm_small.jpg?v=1601373681;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-070b;5060579262648;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 30 x 30 x 4mm(40 / Silver / Nickel);£7.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 30 x 30mm (3.0 x 3.0cm or 1.18 x 1.18in)Up to 4mm (0.4cm or 0.16in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, silver-coloured (nickel-plated) or brass / gold-colouredA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 4mm (0.4cm or 0.16in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-30-30-4mm?variant=31090312478779;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-corners-silver-brass-30-30-4mm_small.jpg?v=1601373681;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-070c;5060579262655;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 30 x 30 x 4mm(80 / Silver / Nickel);£11.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 30 x 30mm (3.0 x 3.0cm or 1.18 x 1.18in)Up to 4mm (0.4cm or 0.16in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, silver-coloured (nickel-plated) or brass / gold-colouredA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 4mm (0.4cm or 0.16in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-30-30-4mm?variant=31090312544315;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-corners-silver-brass-30-30-4mm_small.jpg?v=1601373681;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-070d;5060579262662;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 30 x 30 x 4mm(120 / Silver / Nickel);£14.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 30 x 30mm (3.0 x 3.0cm or 1.18 x 1.18in)Up to 4mm (0.4cm or 0.16in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, silver-coloured (nickel-plated) or brass / gold-colouredA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 4mm (0.4cm or 0.16in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-30-30-4mm?variant=31090312609851;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-corners-silver-brass-30-30-4mm_small.jpg?v=1601373681;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-092a;5060579264253;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 30 x 30 x 4mm(20 / Gold / Brass);£5.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 30 x 30mm (3.0 x 3.0cm or 1.18 x 1.18in)Up to 4mm (0.4cm or 0.16in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, silver-coloured (nickel-plated) or brass / gold-colouredA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 4mm (0.4cm or 0.16in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-30-30-4mm?variant=36434100551839;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-corners-silver-brass-30-30-4mm_small.jpg?v=1601373681;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-092b;5060579264260;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 30 x 30 x 4mm(40 / Gold / Brass);£5.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 30 x 30mm (3.0 x 3.0cm or 1.18 x 1.18in)Up to 4mm (0.4cm or 0.16in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, silver-coloured (nickel-plated) or brass / gold-colouredA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 4mm (0.4cm or 0.16in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-30-30-4mm?variant=36434206523551;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-corners-silver-brass-30-30-4mm_small.jpg?v=1601373681;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-092c;5060579264277;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 30 x 30 x 4mm(80 / Gold / Brass);£5.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 30 x 30mm (3.0 x 3.0cm or 1.18 x 1.18in)Up to 4mm (0.4cm or 0.16in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, silver-coloured (nickel-plated) or brass / gold-colouredA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 4mm (0.4cm or 0.16in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-30-30-4mm?variant=36434213109919;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-corners-silver-brass-30-30-4mm_small.jpg?v=1601373681;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-092d;5060579264284;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold - 30 x 30 x 4mm(120 / Gold / Brass);£5.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;A bookbinding essential: protects corners of books, photo albums, menus, files or foldersSimply place protector on a corner and press together (works best with a plier or small hammer)Size: 30 x 30mm (3.0 x 3.0cm or 1.18 x 1.18in)Up to 4mm (0.4cm or 0.16in) height of medium (thin book or album covers)Decorative and effective, made of metal, silver-coloured (nickel-plated) or brass / gold-colouredA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 4mm (0.4cm or 0.16in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-silver-gold-30-30-4mm?variant=36434217009311;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-binding-corners-silver-brass-30-30-4mm_small.jpg?v=1601373681;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-052a;5060579261450;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold / Black - 16 x 16 x 3.5mm(20 / Gold / Brass);£4.79;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;These protective corners are a staple for every professional or hobby bookbinder.Use them with:hardcover books or photo albumsbindersfiles and foldersA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Made of metal. Available in:Silver-coloured / NickelGold-coloured / BrassBlack / matt black Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.Product SpecificationsSize16 x 16 x 3.5mmTypeHardcoverMaximum height3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in)MaterialMetalAvailable coloursSilver (nickel), Brass (gold-coloured), Black (matt-black coating)SKUsSilver: HB-EN-OS-044Brass: HB-EN-OS-052Black: HB-EN-OS-062;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-16-x-16-x-3-5mm?variant=31067712782395;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-16mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134070;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-044a;5060579260910;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold / Black - 16 x 16 x 3.5mm(20 / Silver / Nickel);£4.79;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;These protective corners are a staple for every professional or hobby bookbinder.Use them with:hardcover books or photo albumsbindersfiles and foldersA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Made of metal. Available in:Silver-coloured / NickelGold-coloured / BrassBlack / matt black Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.Product SpecificationsSize16 x 16 x 3.5mmTypeHardcoverMaximum height3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in)MaterialMetalAvailable coloursSilver (nickel), Brass (gold-coloured), Black (matt-black coating)SKUsSilver: HB-EN-OS-044Brass: HB-EN-OS-052Black: HB-EN-OS-062;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-16-x-16-x-3-5mm?variant=31067712454715;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-16mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134070;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-062a;5060579261993;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold / Black - 16 x 16 x 3.5mm(20 / Black);£4.79;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;These protective corners are a staple for every professional or hobby bookbinder.Use them with:hardcover books or photo albumsbindersfiles and foldersA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Made of metal. Available in:Silver-coloured / NickelGold-coloured / BrassBlack / matt black Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.Product SpecificationsSize16 x 16 x 3.5mmTypeHardcoverMaximum height3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in)MaterialMetalAvailable coloursSilver (nickel), Brass (gold-coloured), Black (matt-black coating)SKUsSilver: HB-EN-OS-044Brass: HB-EN-OS-052Black: HB-EN-OS-062;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-16-x-16-x-3-5mm?variant=31067712815163;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-16mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134070;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-052b;5060579261467;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold / Black - 16 x 16 x 3.5mm(40 / Gold / Brass);£6.79;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;These protective corners are a staple for every professional or hobby bookbinder.Use them with:hardcover books or photo albumsbindersfiles and foldersA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Made of metal. Available in:Silver-coloured / NickelGold-coloured / BrassBlack / matt black Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.Product SpecificationsSize16 x 16 x 3.5mmTypeHardcoverMaximum height3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in)MaterialMetalAvailable coloursSilver (nickel), Brass (gold-coloured), Black (matt-black coating)SKUsSilver: HB-EN-OS-044Brass: HB-EN-OS-052Black: HB-EN-OS-062;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-16-x-16-x-3-5mm?variant=31067712553019;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-16mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134070;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-044b;5060579260927;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold / Black - 16 x 16 x 3.5mm(40 / Silver / Nickel);£6.79;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;These protective corners are a staple for every professional or hobby bookbinder.Use them with:hardcover books or photo albumsbindersfiles and foldersA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Made of metal. Available in:Silver-coloured / NickelGold-coloured / BrassBlack / matt black Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.Product SpecificationsSize16 x 16 x 3.5mmTypeHardcoverMaximum height3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in)MaterialMetalAvailable coloursSilver (nickel), Brass (gold-coloured), Black (matt-black coating)SKUsSilver: HB-EN-OS-044Brass: HB-EN-OS-052Black: HB-EN-OS-062;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-16-x-16-x-3-5mm?variant=31067712487483;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-16mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134070;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-062b;5060579262006;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold / Black - 16 x 16 x 3.5mm(40 / Black);£6.79;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;These protective corners are a staple for every professional or hobby bookbinder.Use them with:hardcover books or photo albumsbindersfiles and foldersA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Made of metal. Available in:Silver-coloured / NickelGold-coloured / BrassBlack / matt black Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.Product SpecificationsSize16 x 16 x 3.5mmTypeHardcoverMaximum height3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in)MaterialMetalAvailable coloursSilver (nickel), Brass (gold-coloured), Black (matt-black coating)SKUsSilver: HB-EN-OS-044Brass: HB-EN-OS-052Black: HB-EN-OS-062;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-16-x-16-x-3-5mm?variant=31067712520251;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-16mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134070;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-052c;5060579261474;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold / Black - 16 x 16 x 3.5mm(80 / Gold / Brass);£8.79;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;These protective corners are a staple for every professional or hobby bookbinder.Use them with:hardcover books or photo albumsbindersfiles and foldersA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Made of metal. Available in:Silver-coloured / NickelGold-coloured / BrassBlack / matt black Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.Product SpecificationsSize16 x 16 x 3.5mmTypeHardcoverMaximum height3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in)MaterialMetalAvailable coloursSilver (nickel), Brass (gold-coloured), Black (matt-black coating)SKUsSilver: HB-EN-OS-044Brass: HB-EN-OS-052Black: HB-EN-OS-062;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-16-x-16-x-3-5mm?variant=31067712651323;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-16mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134070;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-044c;5060579260934;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold / Black - 16 x 16 x 3.5mm(80 / Silver / Nickel);£8.79;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;These protective corners are a staple for every professional or hobby bookbinder.Use them with:hardcover books or photo albumsbindersfiles and foldersA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Made of metal. Available in:Silver-coloured / NickelGold-coloured / BrassBlack / matt black Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.Product SpecificationsSize16 x 16 x 3.5mmTypeHardcoverMaximum height3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in)MaterialMetalAvailable coloursSilver (nickel), Brass (gold-coloured), Black (matt-black coating)SKUsSilver: HB-EN-OS-044Brass: HB-EN-OS-052Black: HB-EN-OS-062;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-16-x-16-x-3-5mm?variant=31067712585787;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-16mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134070;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-062c;5060579262013;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold / Black - 16 x 16 x 3.5mm(80 / Black);£8.79;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;These protective corners are a staple for every professional or hobby bookbinder.Use them with:hardcover books or photo albumsbindersfiles and foldersA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Made of metal. Available in:Silver-coloured / NickelGold-coloured / BrassBlack / matt black Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.Product SpecificationsSize16 x 16 x 3.5mmTypeHardcoverMaximum height3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in)MaterialMetalAvailable coloursSilver (nickel), Brass (gold-coloured), Black (matt-black coating)SKUsSilver: HB-EN-OS-044Brass: HB-EN-OS-052Black: HB-EN-OS-062;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-16-x-16-x-3-5mm?variant=31067712618555;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-16mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134070;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-052d;5060579261481;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold / Black - 16 x 16 x 3.5mm(120 / Gold / Brass);£9.79;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;These protective corners are a staple for every professional or hobby bookbinder.Use them with:hardcover books or photo albumsbindersfiles and foldersA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Made of metal. Available in:Silver-coloured / NickelGold-coloured / BrassBlack / matt black Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.Product SpecificationsSize16 x 16 x 3.5mmTypeHardcoverMaximum height3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in)MaterialMetalAvailable coloursSilver (nickel), Brass (gold-coloured), Black (matt-black coating)SKUsSilver: HB-EN-OS-044Brass: HB-EN-OS-052Black: HB-EN-OS-062;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-16-x-16-x-3-5mm?variant=31067712749627;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-16mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134070;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-044d;5060579260941;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold / Black - 16 x 16 x 3.5mm(120 / Silver / Nickel);£9.79;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;These protective corners are a staple for every professional or hobby bookbinder.Use them with:hardcover books or photo albumsbindersfiles and foldersA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Made of metal. Available in:Silver-coloured / NickelGold-coloured / BrassBlack / matt black Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.Product SpecificationsSize16 x 16 x 3.5mmTypeHardcoverMaximum height3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in)MaterialMetalAvailable coloursSilver (nickel), Brass (gold-coloured), Black (matt-black coating)SKUsSilver: HB-EN-OS-044Brass: HB-EN-OS-052Black: HB-EN-OS-062;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-16-x-16-x-3-5mm?variant=31067712684091;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-16mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134070;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-062d;5060579262020;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Book Corner Protectors - Silver / Gold / Black - 16 x 16 x 3.5mm(120 / Black);£9.79;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Book Corner Protectors>;These protective corners are a staple for every professional or hobby bookbinder.Use them with:hardcover books or photo albumsbindersfiles and foldersA simple and effective way to add extra protection to corners and to make sure your product will look great for many years to come.Made of metal. Available in:Silver-coloured / NickelGold-coloured / BrassBlack / matt black Will these protective corners fit my book or album cover (medium)?The maximum height or thickness of the medium shouldn't be more than 3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in).The easiest way to check your medium: measure the thickness of the medium with a ruler.How do I use the corner protectors? What's the easiest way to apply the protectors to my book or photo album?Place a protector and make sure the edge sits nicely on the corner of the medium.Once in place, use a plier or small hammer to gently press the protector's curved bottom side against the medium.Product SpecificationsSize16 x 16 x 3.5mmTypeHardcoverMaximum height3.5mm (0.35cm or 0.14in)MaterialMetalAvailable coloursSilver (nickel), Brass (gold-coloured), Black (matt-black coating)SKUsSilver: HB-EN-OS-044Brass: HB-EN-OS-052Black: HB-EN-OS-062;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/book-corner-protectors-16-x-16-x-3-5mm?variant=31067712716859;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-book-corner-protectors-16mm-colours-overview_small.jpg?v=1580134070;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-040c;5060579260811;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Bright Blue Envelopes - DIN C6 - 100 gsm(25 / C6 (114 x 162 mm));£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Coloured Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards an elegant touch - with bright blue C6 envelopes. Perfect for A6 greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more.Combine these bright blue envelopes with white or colourful paper to give your project a very smart look. The soft, light blue colour makes it easy to write on and really sets them apart from deep / royal blue envelopes.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our bright blue envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)Bright Blue Envelopes at a glanceSoft / light blue C6 envelopes with gummed diamond flapPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreElegant, smooth red colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/bright-blue-envelopes-din-c6-100-gsm?variant=31733527216187;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-c6-bright-blue-envelopes-front-open_small.jpg?v=1579778232;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-040f;5060579260620;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Bright Blue Envelopes - DIN C6 - 100 gsm(50 / C6 (114 x 162 mm));£6.99;;2 - 3 working days;Coloured Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards an elegant touch - with bright blue C6 envelopes. Perfect for A6 greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more.Combine these bright blue envelopes with white or colourful paper to give your project a very smart look. The soft, light blue colour makes it easy to write on and really sets them apart from deep / royal blue envelopes.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our bright blue envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)Bright Blue Envelopes at a glanceSoft / light blue C6 envelopes with gummed diamond flapPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreElegant, smooth red colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/bright-blue-envelopes-din-c6-100-gsm?variant=31733527248955;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-c6-bright-blue-envelopes-front-open_small.jpg?v=1579778232;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-040l;5060579260637;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Bright Blue Envelopes - DIN C6 - 100 gsm(100 / C6 (114 x 162 mm));£12.99;;2 - 3 working days;Coloured Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards an elegant touch - with bright blue C6 envelopes. Perfect for A6 greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more.Combine these bright blue envelopes with white or colourful paper to give your project a very smart look. The soft, light blue colour makes it easy to write on and really sets them apart from deep / royal blue envelopes.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our bright blue envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)Bright Blue Envelopes at a glanceSoft / light blue C6 envelopes with gummed diamond flapPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreElegant, smooth red colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/bright-blue-envelopes-din-c6-100-gsm?variant=31733527281723;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-c6-bright-blue-envelopes-front-open_small.jpg?v=1579778232;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-019c;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Canadian Flag Stickers - Canada Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(4);£2.49;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Canadian or simply like Canada with this high-quality Canadian flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Canadian flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/canadian-flag-stickers?variant=35765379498143;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-canadian-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597938462;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-019e;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Canadian Flag Stickers - Canada Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Canadian or simply like Canada with this high-quality Canadian flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Canadian flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/canadian-flag-stickers?variant=35765379530911;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-canadian-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597938462;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-019f;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Canadian Flag Stickers - Canada Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(20);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Canadian or simply like Canada with this high-quality Canadian flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Canadian flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/canadian-flag-stickers?variant=35765379563679;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-canadian-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597938462;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-PB-001a;5060579263515;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Candy Bags - Retro Paper Bags - Different Designs / Colours - 13 x 18cm (5 x 7in)(13 x 18cm (5 x 7in) / 50 / Red / White (Stripes));£6.99;;2 - 3 working days;Candy Bags & Coin Envelopes>;High-quality candy bags, often used as party bags. Made from strong, slightly transparent 36gsm kraft paper. You can choose from different colours and pattern designs, e.g. classic retro candy bag with red / white stripes, with polka dots, and many more.These paper bags are perfect for party or wedding favours, giveaways, small gifts, sweets, small A6 or A7 greeting cards, or photos. The bags are printed using high-quality water-based ink, the party bags can be used for sweets, bonbons, or wrapped candy.Please remember that colours can look slightly different depending on your screen settings.Image similar to product;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/candy-bags-retro-paper-bags?variant=32622221099067;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-retro-candy-bags-red-stripes_small.jpg?v=1583768559;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-PB-005a;5060579263553;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Candy Bags - Retro Paper Bags - Different Designs / Colours - 13 x 18cm (5 x 7in)(13 x 18cm (5 x 7in) / 50 / Black / White (Stripes));£6.99;;2 - 3 working days;Candy Bags & Coin Envelopes>;High-quality candy bags, often used as party bags. Made from strong, slightly transparent 36gsm kraft paper. You can choose from different colours and pattern designs, e.g. classic retro candy bag with red / white stripes, with polka dots, and many more.These paper bags are perfect for party or wedding favours, giveaways, small gifts, sweets, small A6 or A7 greeting cards, or photos. The bags are printed using high-quality water-based ink, the party bags can be used for sweets, bonbons, or wrapped candy.Please remember that colours can look slightly different depending on your screen settings.Image similar to product;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/candy-bags-retro-paper-bags?variant=32622221131835;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-retro-candy-bags-red-stripes_small.jpg?v=1583768559;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-PB-003a;5060579263539;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Candy Bags - Retro Paper Bags - Different Designs / Colours - 13 x 18cm (5 x 7in)(13 x 18cm (5 x 7in) / 50 / Red / White (Polka Dots));£6.99;;2 - 3 working days;Candy Bags & Coin Envelopes>;High-quality candy bags, often used as party bags. Made from strong, slightly transparent 36gsm kraft paper. You can choose from different colours and pattern designs, e.g. classic retro candy bag with red / white stripes, with polka dots, and many more.These paper bags are perfect for party or wedding favours, giveaways, small gifts, sweets, small A6 or A7 greeting cards, or photos. The bags are printed using high-quality water-based ink, the party bags can be used for sweets, bonbons, or wrapped candy.Please remember that colours can look slightly different depending on your screen settings.Image similar to product;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/candy-bags-retro-paper-bags?variant=32622221164603;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-retro-candy-bags-red-stripes_small.jpg?v=1583768559;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-PB-001b;5060579263522;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Candy Bags - Retro Paper Bags - Different Designs / Colours - 13 x 18cm (5 x 7in)(13 x 18cm (5 x 7in) / 100 / Red / White (Stripes));£12.99;;2 - 3 working days;Candy Bags & Coin Envelopes>;High-quality candy bags, often used as party bags. Made from strong, slightly transparent 36gsm kraft paper. You can choose from different colours and pattern designs, e.g. classic retro candy bag with red / white stripes, with polka dots, and many more.These paper bags are perfect for party or wedding favours, giveaways, small gifts, sweets, small A6 or A7 greeting cards, or photos. The bags are printed using high-quality water-based ink, the party bags can be used for sweets, bonbons, or wrapped candy.Please remember that colours can look slightly different depending on your screen settings.Image similar to product;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/candy-bags-retro-paper-bags?variant=32622221197371;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-retro-candy-bags-red-stripes_small.jpg?v=1583768559;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-PB-005b;5060579263560;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Candy Bags - Retro Paper Bags - Different Designs / Colours - 13 x 18cm (5 x 7in)(13 x 18cm (5 x 7in) / 100 / Black / White (Stripes));£12.99;;2 - 3 working days;Candy Bags & Coin Envelopes>;High-quality candy bags, often used as party bags. Made from strong, slightly transparent 36gsm kraft paper. You can choose from different colours and pattern designs, e.g. classic retro candy bag with red / white stripes, with polka dots, and many more.These paper bags are perfect for party or wedding favours, giveaways, small gifts, sweets, small A6 or A7 greeting cards, or photos. The bags are printed using high-quality water-based ink, the party bags can be used for sweets, bonbons, or wrapped candy.Please remember that colours can look slightly different depending on your screen settings.Image similar to product;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/candy-bags-retro-paper-bags?variant=32622221295675;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-retro-candy-bags-red-stripes_small.jpg?v=1583768559;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-PB-003b;5060579263546;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Candy Bags - Retro Paper Bags - Different Designs / Colours - 13 x 18cm (5 x 7in)(13 x 18cm (5 x 7in) / 100 / Red / White (Polka Dots));£12.99;;2 - 3 working days;Candy Bags & Coin Envelopes>;High-quality candy bags, often used as party bags. Made from strong, slightly transparent 36gsm kraft paper. You can choose from different colours and pattern designs, e.g. classic retro candy bag with red / white stripes, with polka dots, and many more.These paper bags are perfect for party or wedding favours, giveaways, small gifts, sweets, small A6 or A7 greeting cards, or photos. The bags are printed using high-quality water-based ink, the party bags can be used for sweets, bonbons, or wrapped candy.Please remember that colours can look slightly different depending on your screen settings.Image similar to product;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/candy-bags-retro-paper-bags?variant=32622221328443;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-retro-candy-bags-red-stripes_small.jpg?v=1583768559;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-033e;5060579263928;Gobrecht & Ulrich;CCTV Stickers - Red - 7.4 x 5.2cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Business Signage>;CCTV stickers can help keep unwelcome guests away from sheds, garages, shops, unprotected doors and many other critical areas around your business or premises. Weatherproof and ready for outdoor and indoor use.This CCTV sticker will make unmistakably clear that any intruder will be recorded on CCTVThe dark red colour makes this self-adhesive CCTV camera sticker very noticeableSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, weatherproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSelf-adhesive sticker, suitable for indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesImage similar.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/cctv-stickers?variant=33568114442299;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-cctv-sticker-red_small.jpg?v=1588350243;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-022c;5060579261887;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Cloud Grey Envelopes - DIN C6 / C7 - 100 gsm(25 / C6 (114 x 162 mm));£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Coloured Envelopes>Grey Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards a sophisticated look - with cloud grey envelopes from Gobrecht & Ulrich.Perfect for greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more.Combine these grey-coloured envelopes with white or colourful paper to give your correspondence a very smart and unique look. The light-grey colour of these envelopes has soft blue tones. It is similar to grey clouds, grey ashes or exposed concrete walls. These grey-coloured envelopes will surely make your correspondence stand out. They will add that little extra for a great first impression.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our light grey envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Cloud Grey Envelopes at a glanceGrey envelopes with gummed diamond flap - available in different sizesPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreLight-grey colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/cloud-grey-envelopes-c6-c7-100-gsm?variant=31078726238267;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gu-cloud-grey-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1573488673;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-049c;5060579261115;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Cloud Grey Envelopes - DIN C6 / C7 - 100 gsm(25 / C7 (83 x 112 mm));£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Coloured Envelopes>Grey Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards a sophisticated look - with cloud grey envelopes from Gobrecht & Ulrich.Perfect for greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more.Combine these grey-coloured envelopes with white or colourful paper to give your correspondence a very smart and unique look. The light-grey colour of these envelopes has soft blue tones. It is similar to grey clouds, grey ashes or exposed concrete walls. These grey-coloured envelopes will surely make your correspondence stand out. They will add that little extra for a great first impression.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our light grey envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Cloud Grey Envelopes at a glanceGrey envelopes with gummed diamond flap - available in different sizesPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreLight-grey colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/cloud-grey-envelopes-c6-c7-100-gsm?variant=31078726271035;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gu-cloud-grey-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1573488673;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-022f;5060579260224;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Cloud Grey Envelopes - DIN C6 / C7 - 100 gsm(50 / C6 (114 x 162 mm));£6.99;;2 - 3 working days;Coloured Envelopes>Grey Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards a sophisticated look - with cloud grey envelopes from Gobrecht & Ulrich.Perfect for greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more.Combine these grey-coloured envelopes with white or colourful paper to give your correspondence a very smart and unique look. The light-grey colour of these envelopes has soft blue tones. It is similar to grey clouds, grey ashes or exposed concrete walls. These grey-coloured envelopes will surely make your correspondence stand out. They will add that little extra for a great first impression.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our light grey envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Cloud Grey Envelopes at a glanceGrey envelopes with gummed diamond flap - available in different sizesPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreLight-grey colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/cloud-grey-envelopes-c6-c7-100-gsm?variant=31078726303803;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gu-cloud-grey-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1573488673;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-049f;5060579261122;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Cloud Grey Envelopes - DIN C6 / C7 - 100 gsm(50 / C7 (83 x 112 mm));£6.99;;2 - 3 working days;Coloured Envelopes>Grey Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards a sophisticated look - with cloud grey envelopes from Gobrecht & Ulrich.Perfect for greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more.Combine these grey-coloured envelopes with white or colourful paper to give your correspondence a very smart and unique look. The light-grey colour of these envelopes has soft blue tones. It is similar to grey clouds, grey ashes or exposed concrete walls. These grey-coloured envelopes will surely make your correspondence stand out. They will add that little extra for a great first impression.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our light grey envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Cloud Grey Envelopes at a glanceGrey envelopes with gummed diamond flap - available in different sizesPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreLight-grey colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/cloud-grey-envelopes-c6-c7-100-gsm?variant=31078726336571;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gu-cloud-grey-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1573488673;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-022l;5060579260231;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Cloud Grey Envelopes - DIN C6 / C7 - 100 gsm(100 / C6 (114 x 162 mm));£12.99;;2 - 3 working days;Coloured Envelopes>Grey Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards a sophisticated look - with cloud grey envelopes from Gobrecht & Ulrich.Perfect for greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more.Combine these grey-coloured envelopes with white or colourful paper to give your correspondence a very smart and unique look. The light-grey colour of these envelopes has soft blue tones. It is similar to grey clouds, grey ashes or exposed concrete walls. These grey-coloured envelopes will surely make your correspondence stand out. They will add that little extra for a great first impression.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our light grey envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Cloud Grey Envelopes at a glanceGrey envelopes with gummed diamond flap - available in different sizesPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreLight-grey colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/cloud-grey-envelopes-c6-c7-100-gsm?variant=31078726369339;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gu-cloud-grey-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1573488673;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-049l;5060579261139;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Cloud Grey Envelopes - DIN C6 / C7 - 100 gsm(100 / C7 (83 x 112 mm));£12.99;;2 - 3 working days;Coloured Envelopes>Grey Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards a sophisticated look - with cloud grey envelopes from Gobrecht & Ulrich.Perfect for greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more.Combine these grey-coloured envelopes with white or colourful paper to give your correspondence a very smart and unique look. The light-grey colour of these envelopes has soft blue tones. It is similar to grey clouds, grey ashes or exposed concrete walls. These grey-coloured envelopes will surely make your correspondence stand out. They will add that little extra for a great first impression.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our light grey envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Cloud Grey Envelopes at a glanceGrey envelopes with gummed diamond flap - available in different sizesPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreLight-grey colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/cloud-grey-envelopes-c6-c7-100-gsm?variant=31078726402107;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gu-cloud-grey-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1573488673;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-021c;5060579261641;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Cream Envelopes - DIN C6 - 100 gsm(25 / C6 (114 x 162 mm));£3.99;£4.99;2 - 3 working days;% Sale>Coloured Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards an elegant touch - with cream-coloured envelopes from Gobrecht & Ulrich.Perfect for greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more.Combine these cream-coloured envelopes with white or colourful paper to give your correspondence a very smart look. The cream colour of these envelopes is similar to a soft yellow. It has warm white tones, comparable to vanilla, ivory, or eggshell. These cream-coloured envelopes will surely make your correspondence stand out.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our cream envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Cream Envelopes at a glanceCream-coloured envelopes with gummed diamond flapPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreLight, cream colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/cream-envelopes-c6-100-gsm?variant=31084067946555;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-c6-cream-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1580141353;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-021f;5060579260255;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Cream Envelopes - DIN C6 - 100 gsm(50 / C6 (114 x 162 mm));£5.99;£6.99;2 - 3 working days;% Sale>Coloured Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards an elegant touch - with cream-coloured envelopes from Gobrecht & Ulrich.Perfect for greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more.Combine these cream-coloured envelopes with white or colourful paper to give your correspondence a very smart look. The cream colour of these envelopes is similar to a soft yellow. It has warm white tones, comparable to vanilla, ivory, or eggshell. These cream-coloured envelopes will surely make your correspondence stand out.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our cream envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Cream Envelopes at a glanceCream-coloured envelopes with gummed diamond flapPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreLight, cream colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/cream-envelopes-c6-100-gsm?variant=31084067979323;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-c6-cream-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1580141353;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-021l;5060579260262;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Cream Envelopes - DIN C6 - 100 gsm(100 / C6 (114 x 162 mm));£11.99;£12.99;2 - 3 working days;% Sale>Coloured Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards an elegant touch - with cream-coloured envelopes from Gobrecht & Ulrich.Perfect for greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more.Combine these cream-coloured envelopes with white or colourful paper to give your correspondence a very smart look. The cream colour of these envelopes is similar to a soft yellow. It has warm white tones, comparable to vanilla, ivory, or eggshell. These cream-coloured envelopes will surely make your correspondence stand out.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our cream envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Cream Envelopes at a glanceCream-coloured envelopes with gummed diamond flapPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreLight, cream colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/cream-envelopes-c6-100-gsm?variant=31084068012091;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-c6-cream-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1580141353;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-043c;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Czech Flag Stickers - Czech Republic Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(4);£2.49;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Czech or simply like the Czech Republic / Czechia with this high-quality Czech flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Czech flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/czech-flag-stickers?variant=36437692121247;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-czech-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1601393544;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-043e;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Czech Flag Stickers - Czech Republic Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Czech or simply like the Czech Republic / Czechia with this high-quality Czech flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Czech flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/czech-flag-stickers?variant=36437692154015;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-czech-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1601393544;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-043f;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Czech Flag Stickers - Czech Republic Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(20);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Czech or simply like the Czech Republic / Czechia with this high-quality Czech flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Czech flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/czech-flag-stickers?variant=36437692186783;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-czech-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1601393544;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-021c;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Danish Flag Stickers - Denmark Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(4);£2.49;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Danish or simply like Denmark with this high-quality Danish flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Danish flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/danish-flag-stickers?variant=35781009735839;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-danish-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597999292;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-021e;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Danish Flag Stickers - Denmark Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Danish or simply like Denmark with this high-quality Danish flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Danish flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/danish-flag-stickers?variant=35781009768607;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-danish-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597999292;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-021f;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Danish Flag Stickers - Denmark Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(20);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Danish or simply like Denmark with this high-quality Danish flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Danish flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/danish-flag-stickers?variant=35781009834143;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-danish-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597999292;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-039a;5060579261658;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Diesel Fuel Cap Stickers - Diesel Only Stickers - 6.6 x 2.2cm(4);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Business Signage>;Remind others (or yourself) to top-up diesel, not petrol, every time they stop at the gas station.This diesel fuel reminder label is perfect for cars or vans, company cars with multiple drivers, rental vehicles, and much more. Great for people who occasionally drive a diesel car.Putting petrol in a diesel car can be a costly mistake and damage the vehicle’s engineApply these black diesel fuel cap stickers to the inside our outside of your fuel capSticker size: 6.6 x 2.2cm (2.6 x 0.87in) - small but immediately noticeableSelf-adhesive, UV-proof, waterproof, vinyl sticker with protective laminationPermanently adhesive, yet easy to removeHow to attach your diesel only stickerAttaching this sticker is very easy. Remove the sticker from the sheet. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the fuel cap is clean, dry, free from dust and grease.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/diesel-fuel-cap-stickers?variant=33186961621051;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-diesel-only-sticker_small.jpg?v=1586103170;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-039b;5060579263867;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Diesel Fuel Cap Stickers - Diesel Only Stickers - 6.6 x 2.2cm(8);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Business Signage>;Remind others (or yourself) to top-up diesel, not petrol, every time they stop at the gas station.This diesel fuel reminder label is perfect for cars or vans, company cars with multiple drivers, rental vehicles, and much more. Great for people who occasionally drive a diesel car.Putting petrol in a diesel car can be a costly mistake and damage the vehicle’s engineApply these black diesel fuel cap stickers to the inside our outside of your fuel capSticker size: 6.6 x 2.2cm (2.6 x 0.87in) - small but immediately noticeableSelf-adhesive, UV-proof, waterproof, vinyl sticker with protective laminationPermanently adhesive, yet easy to removeHow to attach your diesel only stickerAttaching this sticker is very easy. Remove the sticker from the sheet. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the fuel cap is clean, dry, free from dust and grease.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/diesel-fuel-cap-stickers?variant=33186961653819;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-diesel-only-sticker_small.jpg?v=1586103170;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-039c;5060579263874;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Diesel Fuel Cap Stickers - Diesel Only Stickers - 6.6 x 2.2cm(10);£5.99;;2 - 3 working days;Business Signage>;Remind others (or yourself) to top-up diesel, not petrol, every time they stop at the gas station.This diesel fuel reminder label is perfect for cars or vans, company cars with multiple drivers, rental vehicles, and much more. Great for people who occasionally drive a diesel car.Putting petrol in a diesel car can be a costly mistake and damage the vehicle’s engineApply these black diesel fuel cap stickers to the inside our outside of your fuel capSticker size: 6.6 x 2.2cm (2.6 x 0.87in) - small but immediately noticeableSelf-adhesive, UV-proof, waterproof, vinyl sticker with protective laminationPermanently adhesive, yet easy to removeHow to attach your diesel only stickerAttaching this sticker is very easy. Remove the sticker from the sheet. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the fuel cap is clean, dry, free from dust and grease.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/diesel-fuel-cap-stickers?variant=33186961686587;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-diesel-only-sticker_small.jpg?v=1586103170;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-034a;5060579263812;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Do Not Switch Off Stickers - Small Don't Turn Off Stickers - 5.5 x 1.8cm(5);£2.49;;2 - 3 working days;Business Signage>;Place Do Not Switch Off stickers on devices, plugs or switches that should not be turned offThe dark red colour makes this small, self-adhesive Do not Switch off sign very noticeableSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker for all flat surfaces, weatherproof, and easily removableSticker dimensions: 5.5 x 1.8cm or 2.17" x 0.71" (width x height), very small yet highly noticeableThese stickers will fit on most devices or above / below most light switches Ideal to use on always-on computer devices, network equipment, or light switches.How to attach Do Not Switch Off StickersAttaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/do-not-switch-off-stickers?variant=33186639740987;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-do-not-switch-off-sticker_small.jpg?v=1586101796;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-034b;5060579263829;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Do Not Switch Off Stickers - Small Don't Turn Off Stickers - 5.5 x 1.8cm(10);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Business Signage>;Place Do Not Switch Off stickers on devices, plugs or switches that should not be turned offThe dark red colour makes this small, self-adhesive Do not Switch off sign very noticeableSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker for all flat surfaces, weatherproof, and easily removableSticker dimensions: 5.5 x 1.8cm or 2.17" x 0.71" (width x height), very small yet highly noticeableThese stickers will fit on most devices or above / below most light switches Ideal to use on always-on computer devices, network equipment, or light switches.How to attach Do Not Switch Off StickersAttaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/do-not-switch-off-stickers?variant=33186639773755;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-do-not-switch-off-sticker_small.jpg?v=1586101796;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-034c;5060579263836;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Do Not Switch Off Stickers - Small Don't Turn Off Stickers - 5.5 x 1.8cm(20);£6.99;;2 - 3 working days;Business Signage>;Place Do Not Switch Off stickers on devices, plugs or switches that should not be turned offThe dark red colour makes this small, self-adhesive Do not Switch off sign very noticeableSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker for all flat surfaces, weatherproof, and easily removableSticker dimensions: 5.5 x 1.8cm or 2.17" x 0.71" (width x height), very small yet highly noticeableThese stickers will fit on most devices or above / below most light switches Ideal to use on always-on computer devices, network equipment, or light switches.How to attach Do Not Switch Off StickersAttaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/do-not-switch-off-stickers?variant=33186639806523;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-do-not-switch-off-sticker_small.jpg?v=1586101796;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-036c;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Dutch Flag Stickers - Holland/Netherlands Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(4);£2.49;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Dutch or simply like the Netherlands with this high-quality Dutch flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Dutch flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/dutch-flag-stickers?variant=35781064130719;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-dutch-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597999546;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-036e;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Dutch Flag Stickers - Holland/Netherlands Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Dutch or simply like the Netherlands with this high-quality Dutch flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Dutch flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/dutch-flag-stickers?variant=35781064163487;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-dutch-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597999546;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-036f;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Dutch Flag Stickers - Holland/Netherlands Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(20);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Dutch or simply like the Netherlands with this high-quality Dutch flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Dutch flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/dutch-flag-stickers?variant=35781064196255;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-dutch-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597999546;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-042c;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Estonian Flag Stickers - Estonia Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(4);£2.49;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Estonian or simply like Estonia with this high-quality Estonian flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Estonian flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/estonian-flag-stickers?variant=36437666070687;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-estonian-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1601393334;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-042e;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Estonian Flag Stickers - Estonia Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Estonian or simply like Estonia with this high-quality Estonian flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Estonian flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/estonian-flag-stickers?variant=36437666103455;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-estonian-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1601393334;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-042f;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Estonian Flag Stickers - Estonia Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(20);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Estonian or simply like Estonia with this high-quality Estonian flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Estonian flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/estonian-flag-stickers?variant=36437666136223;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-estonian-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1601393334;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-008c;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;European Flag Stickers - EU Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(4);£2.49;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are from Europe with this high-quality European flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 74 x 52mm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesShow that you are from Europe with these high-quality stickers.Perfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.Say: "I'm from Europe"!The European Flag Sticker at a glance:Sticker description: European flag with 12 starsSticker colour: azure blue with yellow starsSticker material: self-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, weatherproofSticker dimensions: 74 x 52mm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSelf-adhesive sticker, suitable for indoor and outdoor useSuitable for all flat surfacesHow to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your European flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/european-flag-stickers?variant=35765064007839;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-european-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597937125;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-008e;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;European Flag Stickers - EU Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are from Europe with this high-quality European flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 74 x 52mm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesShow that you are from Europe with these high-quality stickers.Perfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.Say: "I'm from Europe"!The European Flag Sticker at a glance:Sticker description: European flag with 12 starsSticker colour: azure blue with yellow starsSticker material: self-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, weatherproofSticker dimensions: 74 x 52mm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSelf-adhesive sticker, suitable for indoor and outdoor useSuitable for all flat surfacesHow to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your European flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/european-flag-stickers?variant=35765064040607;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-european-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597937125;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-008f;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;European Flag Stickers - EU Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(20);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are from Europe with this high-quality European flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 74 x 52mm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesShow that you are from Europe with these high-quality stickers.Perfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.Say: "I'm from Europe"!The European Flag Sticker at a glance:Sticker description: European flag with 12 starsSticker colour: azure blue with yellow starsSticker material: self-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, weatherproofSticker dimensions: 74 x 52mm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSelf-adhesive sticker, suitable for indoor and outdoor useSuitable for all flat surfacesHow to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your European flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/european-flag-stickers?variant=35765064073375;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-european-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597937125;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-092a;5060579264215;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Extension Screws for Binding Screws - Silver / Nickel - 5mm(Silver / Nickel / 10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;5mm extension screws are compatible with all Gobrecht & Ulrich binding screws from 10 mm length. These extension screws can increase the capacity of your screw post binding without buying longer binding screws than the ones you might already have. You'll only receive extension screws without matching screw posts.The extension screw has two parts. First, a binding post extension of 5mm length, with a standard 5mm hole diameter. Second, a 7.5mm screw thread, which can be used with any matching screw post from 10mm length. The screw head is slotted.Easily increase the maximum capacity of your screw post bindingSimply use this extension screw instead of your standard screw and extend the length of your binding screw by 5mm.Images similar to the product. You purchase the 5mm extension screw only. Does not include matching screw post.Product SpecificationsHead sizeØ 10mmLength5mm Binding Post (0.5cm or 0.20in) + 7.5 mm screw thread (0.75cm or 0.30in)Screw threadM4MaterialNickel-plated steelAvailable coloursSilver (nickel);https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/extension-screws-for-binding-screws-5mm?variant=35961099944095;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-5mm-extension-screw-for-binding-screws_small.jpg?v=1598951363;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-092b;5060579264222;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Extension Screws for Binding Screws - Silver / Nickel - 5mm(Silver / Nickel / 25);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;5mm extension screws are compatible with all Gobrecht & Ulrich binding screws from 10 mm length. These extension screws can increase the capacity of your screw post binding without buying longer binding screws than the ones you might already have. You'll only receive extension screws without matching screw posts.The extension screw has two parts. First, a binding post extension of 5mm length, with a standard 5mm hole diameter. Second, a 7.5mm screw thread, which can be used with any matching screw post from 10mm length. The screw head is slotted.Easily increase the maximum capacity of your screw post bindingSimply use this extension screw instead of your standard screw and extend the length of your binding screw by 5mm.Images similar to the product. You purchase the 5mm extension screw only. Does not include matching screw post.Product SpecificationsHead sizeØ 10mmLength5mm Binding Post (0.5cm or 0.20in) + 7.5 mm screw thread (0.75cm or 0.30in)Screw threadM4MaterialNickel-plated steelAvailable coloursSilver (nickel);https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/extension-screws-for-binding-screws-5mm?variant=35961099976863;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-5mm-extension-screw-for-binding-screws_small.jpg?v=1598951363;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-092c;5060579264239;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Extension Screws for Binding Screws - Silver / Nickel - 5mm(Silver / Nickel / 50);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;5mm extension screws are compatible with all Gobrecht & Ulrich binding screws from 10 mm length. These extension screws can increase the capacity of your screw post binding without buying longer binding screws than the ones you might already have. You'll only receive extension screws without matching screw posts.The extension screw has two parts. First, a binding post extension of 5mm length, with a standard 5mm hole diameter. Second, a 7.5mm screw thread, which can be used with any matching screw post from 10mm length. The screw head is slotted.Easily increase the maximum capacity of your screw post bindingSimply use this extension screw instead of your standard screw and extend the length of your binding screw by 5mm.Images similar to the product. You purchase the 5mm extension screw only. Does not include matching screw post.Product SpecificationsHead sizeØ 10mmLength5mm Binding Post (0.5cm or 0.20in) + 7.5 mm screw thread (0.75cm or 0.30in)Screw threadM4MaterialNickel-plated steelAvailable coloursSilver (nickel);https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/extension-screws-for-binding-screws-5mm?variant=35961100009631;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-5mm-extension-screw-for-binding-screws_small.jpg?v=1598951363;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-092d;5060579264246;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Extension Screws for Binding Screws - Silver / Nickel - 5mm(Silver / Nickel / 100);£8.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Screws>Book Binding Supplies>;5mm extension screws are compatible with all Gobrecht & Ulrich binding screws from 10 mm length. These extension screws can increase the capacity of your screw post binding without buying longer binding screws than the ones you might already have. You'll only receive extension screws without matching screw posts.The extension screw has two parts. First, a binding post extension of 5mm length, with a standard 5mm hole diameter. Second, a 7.5mm screw thread, which can be used with any matching screw post from 10mm length. The screw head is slotted.Easily increase the maximum capacity of your screw post bindingSimply use this extension screw instead of your standard screw and extend the length of your binding screw by 5mm.Images similar to the product. You purchase the 5mm extension screw only. Does not include matching screw post.Product SpecificationsHead sizeØ 10mmLength5mm Binding Post (0.5cm or 0.20in) + 7.5 mm screw thread (0.75cm or 0.30in)Screw threadM4MaterialNickel-plated steelAvailable coloursSilver (nickel);https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/extension-screws-for-binding-screws-5mm?variant=35961100042399;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-5mm-extension-screw-for-binding-screws_small.jpg?v=1598951363;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-030c;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Finnish Flag Stickers - Finland Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(4);£2.49;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Finnish or simply like Finland with this high-quality Finnish flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Finnish flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/finnish-flag-stickers?variant=35765512667295;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-finnish-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597938953;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-030e;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Finnish Flag Stickers - Finland Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Finnish or simply like Finland with this high-quality Finnish flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Finnish flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/finnish-flag-stickers?variant=35765512700063;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-finnish-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597938953;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-030f;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Finnish Flag Stickers - Finland Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(20);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Finnish or simply like Finland with this high-quality Finnish flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Finnish flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/finnish-flag-stickers?variant=35765512732831;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-finnish-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597938953;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-034b;5060579262617;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Fleck Kraft Envelopes - C5 / C6 / C7 - 110 gsm - Vintage Style(25 / C5 (162 x 229 mm));£6.99;;2 - 3 working days;Kraft Paper Envelopes>;Make your cards and letters vintagePerfect for greeting cards, gift cards, (wedding) invitations, flyers, craft projects, and much more.Combine these brown fleck kraft envelopes with lighter-coloured, creamy or white paper to give your project a rustic, vintage look.These flecked kraft envelopes are made from 110gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our kraft envelopes will give your invitations a crafty, natural finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Fleck Kraft Envelopes at a glanceHigh quality brown fleck kraft envelopes with fleck texture and gummed diamond flap. Give all your mailings a nice and crafty look110gsm thick paper weight - ideal for birthday and greeting cards, wedding invitations and creative mailings. Blank with no printMade in the UKDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/fleck-kraft-envelopes-c5-c6-c7-110-gsm-vintage-style?variant=31080116387899;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gu-fleck-kraft-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1573743305;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-011b;5060579261634;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Fleck Kraft Envelopes - C5 / C6 / C7 - 110 gsm - Vintage Style(25 / C6 (114 x 162 mm));£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Kraft Paper Envelopes>;Make your cards and letters vintagePerfect for greeting cards, gift cards, (wedding) invitations, flyers, craft projects, and much more.Combine these brown fleck kraft envelopes with lighter-coloured, creamy or white paper to give your project a rustic, vintage look.These flecked kraft envelopes are made from 110gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our kraft envelopes will give your invitations a crafty, natural finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Fleck Kraft Envelopes at a glanceHigh quality brown fleck kraft envelopes with fleck texture and gummed diamond flap. Give all your mailings a nice and crafty look110gsm thick paper weight - ideal for birthday and greeting cards, wedding invitations and creative mailings. Blank with no printMade in the UKDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/fleck-kraft-envelopes-c5-c6-c7-110-gsm-vintage-style?variant=31080116322363;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gu-fleck-kraft-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1573743305;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-023c;5060579261948;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Fleck Kraft Envelopes - C5 / C6 / C7 - 110 gsm - Vintage Style(25 / C7 (83 x 112 mm));£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Kraft Paper Envelopes>;Make your cards and letters vintagePerfect for greeting cards, gift cards, (wedding) invitations, flyers, craft projects, and much more.Combine these brown fleck kraft envelopes with lighter-coloured, creamy or white paper to give your project a rustic, vintage look.These flecked kraft envelopes are made from 110gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our kraft envelopes will give your invitations a crafty, natural finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Fleck Kraft Envelopes at a glanceHigh quality brown fleck kraft envelopes with fleck texture and gummed diamond flap. Give all your mailings a nice and crafty look110gsm thick paper weight - ideal for birthday and greeting cards, wedding invitations and creative mailings. Blank with no printMade in the UKDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/fleck-kraft-envelopes-c5-c6-c7-110-gsm-vintage-style?variant=31080116355131;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gu-fleck-kraft-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1573743305;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-034f;5060579260163;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Fleck Kraft Envelopes - C5 / C6 / C7 - 110 gsm - Vintage Style(50 / C5 (162 x 229 mm));£11.99;;2 - 3 working days;Kraft Paper Envelopes>;Make your cards and letters vintagePerfect for greeting cards, gift cards, (wedding) invitations, flyers, craft projects, and much more.Combine these brown fleck kraft envelopes with lighter-coloured, creamy or white paper to give your project a rustic, vintage look.These flecked kraft envelopes are made from 110gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our kraft envelopes will give your invitations a crafty, natural finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Fleck Kraft Envelopes at a glanceHigh quality brown fleck kraft envelopes with fleck texture and gummed diamond flap. Give all your mailings a nice and crafty look110gsm thick paper weight - ideal for birthday and greeting cards, wedding invitations and creative mailings. Blank with no printMade in the UKDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/fleck-kraft-envelopes-c5-c6-c7-110-gsm-vintage-style?variant=31080116486203;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gu-fleck-kraft-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1573743305;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-011d;5060579260040;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Fleck Kraft Envelopes - C5 / C6 / C7 - 110 gsm - Vintage Style(50 / C6 (114 x 162 mm));£6.99;;2 - 3 working days;Kraft Paper Envelopes>;Make your cards and letters vintagePerfect for greeting cards, gift cards, (wedding) invitations, flyers, craft projects, and much more.Combine these brown fleck kraft envelopes with lighter-coloured, creamy or white paper to give your project a rustic, vintage look.These flecked kraft envelopes are made from 110gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our kraft envelopes will give your invitations a crafty, natural finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Fleck Kraft Envelopes at a glanceHigh quality brown fleck kraft envelopes with fleck texture and gummed diamond flap. Give all your mailings a nice and crafty look110gsm thick paper weight - ideal for birthday and greeting cards, wedding invitations and creative mailings. Blank with no printMade in the UKDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/fleck-kraft-envelopes-c5-c6-c7-110-gsm-vintage-style?variant=31080116420667;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gu-fleck-kraft-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1573743305;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-023f;5060579260101;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Fleck Kraft Envelopes - C5 / C6 / C7 - 110 gsm - Vintage Style(50 / C7 (83 x 112 mm));£6.99;;2 - 3 working days;Kraft Paper Envelopes>;Make your cards and letters vintagePerfect for greeting cards, gift cards, (wedding) invitations, flyers, craft projects, and much more.Combine these brown fleck kraft envelopes with lighter-coloured, creamy or white paper to give your project a rustic, vintage look.These flecked kraft envelopes are made from 110gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our kraft envelopes will give your invitations a crafty, natural finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Fleck Kraft Envelopes at a glanceHigh quality brown fleck kraft envelopes with fleck texture and gummed diamond flap. Give all your mailings a nice and crafty look110gsm thick paper weight - ideal for birthday and greeting cards, wedding invitations and creative mailings. Blank with no printMade in the UKDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/fleck-kraft-envelopes-c5-c6-c7-110-gsm-vintage-style?variant=31080116453435;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gu-fleck-kraft-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1573743305;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-034l;5060579260170;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Fleck Kraft Envelopes - C5 / C6 / C7 - 110 gsm - Vintage Style(100 / C5 (162 x 229 mm));£18.99;;2 - 3 working days;Kraft Paper Envelopes>;Make your cards and letters vintagePerfect for greeting cards, gift cards, (wedding) invitations, flyers, craft projects, and much more.Combine these brown fleck kraft envelopes with lighter-coloured, creamy or white paper to give your project a rustic, vintage look.These flecked kraft envelopes are made from 110gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our kraft envelopes will give your invitations a crafty, natural finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Fleck Kraft Envelopes at a glanceHigh quality brown fleck kraft envelopes with fleck texture and gummed diamond flap. Give all your mailings a nice and crafty look110gsm thick paper weight - ideal for birthday and greeting cards, wedding invitations and creative mailings. Blank with no printMade in the UKDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/fleck-kraft-envelopes-c5-c6-c7-110-gsm-vintage-style?variant=31080116584507;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gu-fleck-kraft-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1573743305;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-011f;5060579260057;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Fleck Kraft Envelopes - C5 / C6 / C7 - 110 gsm - Vintage Style(100 / C6 (114 x 162 mm));£12.99;;2 - 3 working days;Kraft Paper Envelopes>;Make your cards and letters vintagePerfect for greeting cards, gift cards, (wedding) invitations, flyers, craft projects, and much more.Combine these brown fleck kraft envelopes with lighter-coloured, creamy or white paper to give your project a rustic, vintage look.These flecked kraft envelopes are made from 110gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our kraft envelopes will give your invitations a crafty, natural finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Fleck Kraft Envelopes at a glanceHigh quality brown fleck kraft envelopes with fleck texture and gummed diamond flap. Give all your mailings a nice and crafty look110gsm thick paper weight - ideal for birthday and greeting cards, wedding invitations and creative mailings. Blank with no printMade in the UKDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/fleck-kraft-envelopes-c5-c6-c7-110-gsm-vintage-style?variant=31080116518971;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gu-fleck-kraft-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1573743305;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-023l;5060579260118;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Fleck Kraft Envelopes - C5 / C6 / C7 - 110 gsm - Vintage Style(100 / C7 (83 x 112 mm));£12.99;;2 - 3 working days;Kraft Paper Envelopes>;Make your cards and letters vintagePerfect for greeting cards, gift cards, (wedding) invitations, flyers, craft projects, and much more.Combine these brown fleck kraft envelopes with lighter-coloured, creamy or white paper to give your project a rustic, vintage look.These flecked kraft envelopes are made from 110gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our kraft envelopes will give your invitations a crafty, natural finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Fleck Kraft Envelopes at a glanceHigh quality brown fleck kraft envelopes with fleck texture and gummed diamond flap. Give all your mailings a nice and crafty look110gsm thick paper weight - ideal for birthday and greeting cards, wedding invitations and creative mailings. Blank with no printMade in the UKDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/fleck-kraft-envelopes-c5-c6-c7-110-gsm-vintage-style?variant=31080116551739;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gu-fleck-kraft-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1573743305;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-011g;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Fleck Kraft Envelopes - C5 / C6 / C7 - 110 gsm - Vintage Style(200 / C6 (114 x 162 mm));£19.99;;2 - 3 working days;Kraft Paper Envelopes>;Make your cards and letters vintagePerfect for greeting cards, gift cards, (wedding) invitations, flyers, craft projects, and much more.Combine these brown fleck kraft envelopes with lighter-coloured, creamy or white paper to give your project a rustic, vintage look.These flecked kraft envelopes are made from 110gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our kraft envelopes will give your invitations a crafty, natural finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Fleck Kraft Envelopes at a glanceHigh quality brown fleck kraft envelopes with fleck texture and gummed diamond flap. Give all your mailings a nice and crafty look110gsm thick paper weight - ideal for birthday and greeting cards, wedding invitations and creative mailings. Blank with no printMade in the UKDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/fleck-kraft-envelopes-c5-c6-c7-110-gsm-vintage-style?variant=31109563547707;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gu-fleck-kraft-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1573743305;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-070a;5060579263065;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Foldback Clips - Binder Clips - 19mm(Black / 10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;% Sale>Metal Discs & Tools>;Foldback Clips, aka Bulldog Clips / binder clips / foldover clips, hold sheets of paper together without damaging them.Our 19mm foldback clips are made of metal, 19 mm wide and can securely hold up to 70 sheets of 80 gsm paper without damaging them.In the office, these clips are indispensable as a replacement for classic staples or as a solution for paper stacks that are simply too thick for normal staples. Foldback clips are also perfect as bookmarks or for grouping documents in folders (hence the nickname binder clip or paper clip).For hobby and crafts the clips can be used for fixing small and delicate workpieces made of wood, cardboard, fabric and much more. The variety of possible applications makes foldback clips an indispensable helper.Light-weight and strong binder clipsGobrecht & Ulrich foldback clips are made for professional use and can be re-used many times. Simply fold the metal arms over backwards, press them together to open the clip and insert the sheets. The clamps are rounded to leave no marks and can be removed very quickly.Ideal for organising print proofs, sample presentation, and much more.Product SpecificationsSize19 mm / 0.75 in (clip width)Maximum capacity70 x 80 gsm sheetsMaterialMetalAvailable colourBlack / Silver (Nickel);https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/foldback-clips-binder-clips-19mm?variant=32226651111483;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-foldback-clips-19mm-black_small.jpg?v=1582798109;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-070b;5060579263072;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Foldback Clips - Binder Clips - 19mm(Black / 25);£6.99;;2 - 3 working days;% Sale>Metal Discs & Tools>;Foldback Clips, aka Bulldog Clips / binder clips / foldover clips, hold sheets of paper together without damaging them.Our 19mm foldback clips are made of metal, 19 mm wide and can securely hold up to 70 sheets of 80 gsm paper without damaging them.In the office, these clips are indispensable as a replacement for classic staples or as a solution for paper stacks that are simply too thick for normal staples. Foldback clips are also perfect as bookmarks or for grouping documents in folders (hence the nickname binder clip or paper clip).For hobby and crafts the clips can be used for fixing small and delicate workpieces made of wood, cardboard, fabric and much more. The variety of possible applications makes foldback clips an indispensable helper.Light-weight and strong binder clipsGobrecht & Ulrich foldback clips are made for professional use and can be re-used many times. Simply fold the metal arms over backwards, press them together to open the clip and insert the sheets. The clamps are rounded to leave no marks and can be removed very quickly.Ideal for organising print proofs, sample presentation, and much more.Product SpecificationsSize19 mm / 0.75 in (clip width)Maximum capacity70 x 80 gsm sheetsMaterialMetalAvailable colourBlack / Silver (Nickel);https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/foldback-clips-binder-clips-19mm?variant=32226651177019;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-foldback-clips-19mm-black_small.jpg?v=1582798109;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-070c;5060579263089;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Foldback Clips - Binder Clips - 19mm(Black / 50);£8.99;;2 - 3 working days;% Sale>Metal Discs & Tools>;Foldback Clips, aka Bulldog Clips / binder clips / foldover clips, hold sheets of paper together without damaging them.Our 19mm foldback clips are made of metal, 19 mm wide and can securely hold up to 70 sheets of 80 gsm paper without damaging them.In the office, these clips are indispensable as a replacement for classic staples or as a solution for paper stacks that are simply too thick for normal staples. Foldback clips are also perfect as bookmarks or for grouping documents in folders (hence the nickname binder clip or paper clip).For hobby and crafts the clips can be used for fixing small and delicate workpieces made of wood, cardboard, fabric and much more. The variety of possible applications makes foldback clips an indispensable helper.Light-weight and strong binder clipsGobrecht & Ulrich foldback clips are made for professional use and can be re-used many times. Simply fold the metal arms over backwards, press them together to open the clip and insert the sheets. The clamps are rounded to leave no marks and can be removed very quickly.Ideal for organising print proofs, sample presentation, and much more.Product SpecificationsSize19 mm / 0.75 in (clip width)Maximum capacity70 x 80 gsm sheetsMaterialMetalAvailable colourBlack / Silver (Nickel);https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/foldback-clips-binder-clips-19mm?variant=32226651209787;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-foldback-clips-19mm-black_small.jpg?v=1582798109;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-070d;5060579263096;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Foldback Clips - Binder Clips - 19mm(Black / 100);£9.99;£11.99;2 - 3 working days;% Sale>Metal Discs & Tools>;Foldback Clips, aka Bulldog Clips / binder clips / foldover clips, hold sheets of paper together without damaging them.Our 19mm foldback clips are made of metal, 19 mm wide and can securely hold up to 70 sheets of 80 gsm paper without damaging them.In the office, these clips are indispensable as a replacement for classic staples or as a solution for paper stacks that are simply too thick for normal staples. Foldback clips are also perfect as bookmarks or for grouping documents in folders (hence the nickname binder clip or paper clip).For hobby and crafts the clips can be used for fixing small and delicate workpieces made of wood, cardboard, fabric and much more. The variety of possible applications makes foldback clips an indispensable helper.Light-weight and strong binder clipsGobrecht & Ulrich foldback clips are made for professional use and can be re-used many times. Simply fold the metal arms over backwards, press them together to open the clip and insert the sheets. The clamps are rounded to leave no marks and can be removed very quickly.Ideal for organising print proofs, sample presentation, and much more.Product SpecificationsSize19 mm / 0.75 in (clip width)Maximum capacity70 x 80 gsm sheetsMaterialMetalAvailable colourBlack / Silver (Nickel);https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/foldback-clips-binder-clips-19mm?variant=32226651242555;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-foldback-clips-19mm-black_small.jpg?v=1582798109;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-010c;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;French Flag Stickers - France Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(4);£2.49;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are French or simply like France with this high-quality French flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your French flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/french-flag-stickers?variant=35765566963871;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-french-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597939144;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-010e;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;French Flag Stickers - France Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are French or simply like France with this high-quality French flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your French flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/french-flag-stickers?variant=35765566996639;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-french-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597939144;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-010f;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;French Flag Stickers - France Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(20);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are French or simply like France with this high-quality French flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your French flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/french-flag-stickers?variant=35765567029407;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-french-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597939144;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-016c;5060579261900;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Fuchsia Pink Envelopes - C6 / C7 - 100 gsm(25 / C6 (114 x 162 mm));£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Coloured Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards an elegant look - with fuchsia pink envelopes from Gobrecht & Ulrich.Perfect for greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more.Combine these pink-coloured envelopes with white and colourful paper to give your correspondence a fun and unique look. This is a warm and smooth pink, ideal for a bold first impression. Great as greeting card envelopes.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our fuchsia pink envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Fuchsia Pink Envelopes at a glanceFuchsia pink envelopes with gummed diamond flap - available in different sizesPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreElegant, pink colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/fuchsia-pink-envelopes-c6-c7-100-gsm?variant=31084045500475;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gu-fuchsia-pink-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1573729886;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-016f;5060579260286;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Fuchsia Pink Envelopes - C6 / C7 - 100 gsm(50 / C6 (114 x 162 mm));£6.99;;2 - 3 working days;Coloured Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards an elegant look - with fuchsia pink envelopes from Gobrecht & Ulrich.Perfect for greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more.Combine these pink-coloured envelopes with white and colourful paper to give your correspondence a fun and unique look. This is a warm and smooth pink, ideal for a bold first impression. Great as greeting card envelopes.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our fuchsia pink envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Fuchsia Pink Envelopes at a glanceFuchsia pink envelopes with gummed diamond flap - available in different sizesPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreElegant, pink colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/fuchsia-pink-envelopes-c6-c7-100-gsm?variant=31084045533243;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gu-fuchsia-pink-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1573729886;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-016l;5060579260293;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Fuchsia Pink Envelopes - C6 / C7 - 100 gsm(100 / C6 (114 x 162 mm));£12.99;;2 - 3 working days;Coloured Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards an elegant look - with fuchsia pink envelopes from Gobrecht & Ulrich.Perfect for greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more.Combine these pink-coloured envelopes with white and colourful paper to give your correspondence a fun and unique look. This is a warm and smooth pink, ideal for a bold first impression. Great as greeting card envelopes.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our fuchsia pink envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Fuchsia Pink Envelopes at a glanceFuchsia pink envelopes with gummed diamond flap - available in different sizesPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreElegant, pink colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/fuchsia-pink-envelopes-c6-c7-100-gsm?variant=31084045566011;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gu-fuchsia-pink-envelopes-open_small.jpg?v=1573729886;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-009c;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;German Flag Stickers - Germany Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(4);£2.49;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are German or simply like Germany with this high-quality Irish flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your German flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/german-flag-stickers?variant=35765200617631;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-german-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597937624;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-009e;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;German Flag Stickers - Germany Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are German or simply like Germany with this high-quality Irish flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your German flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/german-flag-stickers?variant=35765200683167;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-german-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597937624;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-009f;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;German Flag Stickers - Germany Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(20);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are German or simply like Germany with this high-quality Irish flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your German flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/german-flag-stickers?variant=35765200781471;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-german-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597937624;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-045c;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Greek Flag Stickers - Greece Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(4);£2.49;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Greek or simply like Greece with this high-quality Greek flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Greek flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/greek-flag-stickers?variant=36437741928607;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-greek-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1601393822;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-045e;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Greek Flag Stickers - Greece Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Greek or simply like Greece with this high-quality Greek flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Greek flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/greek-flag-stickers?variant=36437742026911;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-greek-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1601393822;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-045f;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Greek Flag Stickers - Greece Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(20);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Greek or simply like Greece with this high-quality Greek flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Greek flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/greek-flag-stickers?variant=36437742059679;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-greek-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1601393822;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-018;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Heart Stickers - Ø 3cm - Black / White(20);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Decoration & Packaging>;These round heart stickers are a great way to decorate kraft or all coloured envelopes. The simply, elegant design will definitely suit all kinds of greeting cards.Show extra care and use your heart stickers instead of tape to seal envelopes.With a diameter of 3cm (a bit bigger than a £2 coin), the stickers will immediately get noticed.Heart Stickers at a glanceSticker size: Ø 3cm (metric) or 1.18" (imperial) diameterSupplied as single stickers on backing paperHigh-quality black-and-white offset printHow to attach the Heart StickersAttaching the stickers is very easy. All stickers are supplied on a small square sheet. Simply take one sticker and peel it off the backing paper and attach it anywhere you like.Apply a bit of pressure to smoothen the surface. That's it, you're done. That's how quick and easy you can attach your heart sticker.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/heart-stickers?variant=52308853444;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-round-heart-stickers_small.jpg?v=1590157627;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-019;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Heart Stickers - Ø 3cm - Black / White(50);£6.99;;2 - 3 working days;Decoration & Packaging>;These round heart stickers are a great way to decorate kraft or all coloured envelopes. The simply, elegant design will definitely suit all kinds of greeting cards.Show extra care and use your heart stickers instead of tape to seal envelopes.With a diameter of 3cm (a bit bigger than a £2 coin), the stickers will immediately get noticed.Heart Stickers at a glanceSticker size: Ø 3cm (metric) or 1.18" (imperial) diameterSupplied as single stickers on backing paperHigh-quality black-and-white offset printHow to attach the Heart StickersAttaching the stickers is very easy. All stickers are supplied on a small square sheet. Simply take one sticker and peel it off the backing paper and attach it anywhere you like.Apply a bit of pressure to smoothen the surface. That's it, you're done. That's how quick and easy you can attach your heart sticker.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/heart-stickers?variant=52308853508;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-round-heart-stickers_small.jpg?v=1590157627;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-020;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Heart Stickers - Ø 3cm - Black / White(75);£8.99;;2 - 3 working days;Decoration & Packaging>;These round heart stickers are a great way to decorate kraft or all coloured envelopes. The simply, elegant design will definitely suit all kinds of greeting cards.Show extra care and use your heart stickers instead of tape to seal envelopes.With a diameter of 3cm (a bit bigger than a £2 coin), the stickers will immediately get noticed.Heart Stickers at a glanceSticker size: Ø 3cm (metric) or 1.18" (imperial) diameterSupplied as single stickers on backing paperHigh-quality black-and-white offset printHow to attach the Heart StickersAttaching the stickers is very easy. All stickers are supplied on a small square sheet. Simply take one sticker and peel it off the backing paper and attach it anywhere you like.Apply a bit of pressure to smoothen the surface. That's it, you're done. That's how quick and easy you can attach your heart sticker.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/heart-stickers?variant=52308853572;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-round-heart-stickers_small.jpg?v=1590157627;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-003c;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;I love Europe Flag Stickers - Love EU Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(4);£2.49;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are from Europe with this high-quality I love Europe flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 74 x 52mm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesShow that you are from Europe with these high-quality stickers.Perfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.Say: "I love Europe"!The I love Europe Flag Sticker at a glance:Sticker description: European flag with 12 stars, with a heart in the middle of the 12 starsSticker colour: azure blue with yellow starsSticker material: self-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, weatherproofSticker dimensions: 74 x 52mm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSelf-adhesive sticker, suitable for indoor and outdoor useSuitable for all flat surfacesHow to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your I love Europe flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/i-love-europe-flag-stickers?variant=35982202765471;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-i-love-europe-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1599052808;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-003e;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;I love Europe Flag Stickers - Love EU Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are from Europe with this high-quality I love Europe flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 74 x 52mm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesShow that you are from Europe with these high-quality stickers.Perfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.Say: "I love Europe"!The I love Europe Flag Sticker at a glance:Sticker description: European flag with 12 stars, with a heart in the middle of the 12 starsSticker colour: azure blue with yellow starsSticker material: self-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, weatherproofSticker dimensions: 74 x 52mm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSelf-adhesive sticker, suitable for indoor and outdoor useSuitable for all flat surfacesHow to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your I love Europe flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/i-love-europe-flag-stickers?variant=35982202798239;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-i-love-europe-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1599052808;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-003f;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;I love Europe Flag Stickers - Love EU Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(20);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are from Europe with this high-quality I love Europe flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 74 x 52mm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesShow that you are from Europe with these high-quality stickers.Perfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.Say: "I love Europe"!The I love Europe Flag Sticker at a glance:Sticker description: European flag with 12 stars, with a heart in the middle of the 12 starsSticker colour: azure blue with yellow starsSticker material: self-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, weatherproofSticker dimensions: 74 x 52mm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSelf-adhesive sticker, suitable for indoor and outdoor useSuitable for all flat surfacesHow to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your I love Europe flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/i-love-europe-flag-stickers?variant=35982202831007;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-i-love-europe-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1599052808;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-035c;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Icelandic Flag Stickers - Iceland Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(4);£2.49;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Icelandic or simply like Iceland with this high-quality Iceland flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Icelandic flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/icelandic-flag-stickers?variant=35765834350751;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-icelandic-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597940092;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-035e;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Icelandic Flag Stickers - Iceland Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Icelandic or simply like Iceland with this high-quality Iceland flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Icelandic flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/icelandic-flag-stickers?variant=35765834383519;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-icelandic-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597940092;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-035f;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Icelandic Flag Stickers - Iceland Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(20);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Icelandic or simply like Iceland with this high-quality Iceland flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Icelandic flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/icelandic-flag-stickers?variant=35765834416287;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-icelandic-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597940092;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-014c;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Irish Flag Stickers - Ireland Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(4);£2.49;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Irish or simply like Ireland with this high-quality Irish flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Irish flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/irish-flag-stickers?variant=35765151793311;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-irish-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597937385;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-014e;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Irish Flag Stickers - Ireland Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Irish or simply like Ireland with this high-quality Irish flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Irish flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/irish-flag-stickers?variant=35765151826079;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-irish-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597937385;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-014f;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Irish Flag Stickers - Ireland Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(20);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Irish or simply like Ireland with this high-quality Irish flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Irish flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/irish-flag-stickers?variant=35765151858847;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-irish-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597937385;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-015c;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Italian Flag Stickers - Italy Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(4);£2.49;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Italian or simply like Italy with this high-quality Italian flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Italian flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/italian-flag-stickers?variant=35765319958687;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-italian-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597938129;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-015e;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Italian Flag Stickers - Italy Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Italian or simply like Italy with this high-quality Italian flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Italian flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/italian-flag-stickers?variant=35765319991455;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-italian-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597938129;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-015f;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Italian Flag Stickers - Italy Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(20);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Italian or simply like Italy with this high-quality Italian flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Italian flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/italian-flag-stickers?variant=35765320024223;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-italian-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597938129;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-028c;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Jamaican Flag Stickers - Jamaica Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(4);£2.49;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Jamaican or simply like Jamaica with this high-quality Jamaican flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Jamaican flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/jamaican-flag-stickers?variant=35765799977119;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-jamaican-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597939896;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-028e;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Jamaican Flag Stickers - Jamaica Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Jamaican or simply like Jamaica with this high-quality Jamaican flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Jamaican flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/jamaican-flag-stickers?variant=35765800009887;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-jamaican-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597939896;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-028f;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Jamaican Flag Stickers - Jamaica Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(20);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Jamaican or simply like Jamaica with this high-quality Jamaican flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Jamaican flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/jamaican-flag-stickers?variant=35765800042655;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-jamaican-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597939896;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-020c;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Japanese Flag Stickers - Japan Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(4);£2.49;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Japanese or simply like Japan with this high-quality Japanese flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Japanese flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/japanese-flag-stickers?variant=35765744763039;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-japanese-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597939680;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-020e;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Japanese Flag Stickers - Japan Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Japanese or simply like Japan with this high-quality Japanese flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Japanese flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/japanese-flag-stickers?variant=35765744795807;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-japanese-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597939680;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-020f;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Japanese Flag Stickers - Japan Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(20);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Japanese or simply like Japan with this high-quality Japanese flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Japanese flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/japanese-flag-stickers?variant=35765744828575;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-japanese-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597939680;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-024a;5060579262358;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Metal Pen Clip(1);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Pen Loops>;Clip-on Pen Holder for Clipboards, Notebooks, Journals, PlannersThe pen clip is made of sturdy, high-quality metal and will hold a single pen.Easy to clip-in and easy to remove.Perfect as a temporary pen holder for notebooks, planners, or clipboards.Keeps a single pen where it should be and nowhere else.Metal Pen Clip at a glanceStrong metal pen holder with a handy clip. Attach this pen holder to clipboards, folders, binders, or notepadsThe flexible pen loop works great with various writing tools, like pens, pencils, or even small utensils with a diameter between 9mm and 21mm (0.35" to 0.83")Sturdy, high-quality metal, easy to clip-in and easy to removeSize: ca 4.0 x 1.1 x 1.5 cm or 1.57 x 0.43 x 0.59 inImage similar to product. Please be careful with delicate materials. No pen included.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/metal-pen-clip?variant=31067713142843;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gutenburgh-metal-pen-clip1_small.jpg?v=1572966927;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-024b;5060579262365;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Metal Pen Clip(2);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Pen Loops>;Clip-on Pen Holder for Clipboards, Notebooks, Journals, PlannersThe pen clip is made of sturdy, high-quality metal and will hold a single pen.Easy to clip-in and easy to remove.Perfect as a temporary pen holder for notebooks, planners, or clipboards.Keeps a single pen where it should be and nowhere else.Metal Pen Clip at a glanceStrong metal pen holder with a handy clip. Attach this pen holder to clipboards, folders, binders, or notepadsThe flexible pen loop works great with various writing tools, like pens, pencils, or even small utensils with a diameter between 9mm and 21mm (0.35" to 0.83")Sturdy, high-quality metal, easy to clip-in and easy to removeSize: ca 4.0 x 1.1 x 1.5 cm or 1.57 x 0.43 x 0.59 inImage similar to product. Please be careful with delicate materials. No pen included.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/metal-pen-clip?variant=31067713175611;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gutenburgh-metal-pen-clip1_small.jpg?v=1572966927;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-024c;5060579262372;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Metal Pen Clip(3);£6.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Pen Loops>;Clip-on Pen Holder for Clipboards, Notebooks, Journals, PlannersThe pen clip is made of sturdy, high-quality metal and will hold a single pen.Easy to clip-in and easy to remove.Perfect as a temporary pen holder for notebooks, planners, or clipboards.Keeps a single pen where it should be and nowhere else.Metal Pen Clip at a glanceStrong metal pen holder with a handy clip. Attach this pen holder to clipboards, folders, binders, or notepadsThe flexible pen loop works great with various writing tools, like pens, pencils, or even small utensils with a diameter between 9mm and 21mm (0.35" to 0.83")Sturdy, high-quality metal, easy to clip-in and easy to removeSize: ca 4.0 x 1.1 x 1.5 cm or 1.57 x 0.43 x 0.59 inImage similar to product. Please be careful with delicate materials. No pen included.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/metal-pen-clip?variant=31067713208379;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gutenburgh-metal-pen-clip1_small.jpg?v=1572966927;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-024d;5060579262389;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Metal Pen Clip(5);£7.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Pen Loops>;Clip-on Pen Holder for Clipboards, Notebooks, Journals, PlannersThe pen clip is made of sturdy, high-quality metal and will hold a single pen.Easy to clip-in and easy to remove.Perfect as a temporary pen holder for notebooks, planners, or clipboards.Keeps a single pen where it should be and nowhere else.Metal Pen Clip at a glanceStrong metal pen holder with a handy clip. Attach this pen holder to clipboards, folders, binders, or notepadsThe flexible pen loop works great with various writing tools, like pens, pencils, or even small utensils with a diameter between 9mm and 21mm (0.35" to 0.83")Sturdy, high-quality metal, easy to clip-in and easy to removeSize: ca 4.0 x 1.1 x 1.5 cm or 1.57 x 0.43 x 0.59 inImage similar to product. Please be careful with delicate materials. No pen included.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/metal-pen-clip?variant=31067713241147;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gutenburgh-metal-pen-clip1_small.jpg?v=1572966927;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-024e;5060579262396;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Metal Pen Clip(10);£13.99;;2 - 3 working days;Book Binding Supplies>Pen Loops>;Clip-on Pen Holder for Clipboards, Notebooks, Journals, PlannersThe pen clip is made of sturdy, high-quality metal and will hold a single pen.Easy to clip-in and easy to remove.Perfect as a temporary pen holder for notebooks, planners, or clipboards.Keeps a single pen where it should be and nowhere else.Metal Pen Clip at a glanceStrong metal pen holder with a handy clip. Attach this pen holder to clipboards, folders, binders, or notepadsThe flexible pen loop works great with various writing tools, like pens, pencils, or even small utensils with a diameter between 9mm and 21mm (0.35" to 0.83")Sturdy, high-quality metal, easy to clip-in and easy to removeSize: ca 4.0 x 1.1 x 1.5 cm or 1.57 x 0.43 x 0.59 inImage similar to product. Please be careful with delicate materials. No pen included.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/metal-pen-clip?variant=31067713273915;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gutenburgh-metal-pen-clip1_small.jpg?v=1572966927;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-015c;5060579261870;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Night Black Envelopes - C6 / C7 - 100 gsm(25 / C6 (114 x 162 mm));£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Coloured Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards an elegant look - with night-black envelopes from Gobrecht & Ulrich.Perfect for greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more. You can't go wrong with black - it really suits any occasion.Combine these black envelopes with white or colourful paper to give your project a very smart look. These black envelopes will surely stand out.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our black envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox. 100gsm black envelopes are perfect for everyone who's looking for good quality envelopes, with a nice weight and excellent value for money.Available in C6 (11.4 x 16.2cm), perfect for A6 cards, and as smaller greeting card envelopes in C7 (8.3 x 11.2cm), fitting A7 cards - often used for save-the-date cards.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Night Black envelopes at a glanceBlack envelopes with gummed diamond flap - available in different sizesPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreElegant, deep black colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/night-black-envelopes-c6-c7-100-gsm?variant=31084336709691;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-c6-night-black-envelopes-front-open_small.jpg?v=1579782264;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-037c;5060579262594;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Night Black Envelopes - C6 / C7 - 100 gsm(25 / C7 (83 x 112 mm));£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Coloured Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards an elegant look - with night-black envelopes from Gobrecht & Ulrich.Perfect for greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more. You can't go wrong with black - it really suits any occasion.Combine these black envelopes with white or colourful paper to give your project a very smart look. These black envelopes will surely stand out.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our black envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox. 100gsm black envelopes are perfect for everyone who's looking for good quality envelopes, with a nice weight and excellent value for money.Available in C6 (11.4 x 16.2cm), perfect for A6 cards, and as smaller greeting card envelopes in C7 (8.3 x 11.2cm), fitting A7 cards - often used for save-the-date cards.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Night Black envelopes at a glanceBlack envelopes with gummed diamond flap - available in different sizesPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreElegant, deep black colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/night-black-envelopes-c6-c7-100-gsm?variant=31084336742459;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-c6-night-black-envelopes-front-open_small.jpg?v=1579782264;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-015f;5060579260194;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Night Black Envelopes - C6 / C7 - 100 gsm(50 / C6 (114 x 162 mm));£6.99;;2 - 3 working days;Coloured Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards an elegant look - with night-black envelopes from Gobrecht & Ulrich.Perfect for greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more. You can't go wrong with black - it really suits any occasion.Combine these black envelopes with white or colourful paper to give your project a very smart look. These black envelopes will surely stand out.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our black envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox. 100gsm black envelopes are perfect for everyone who's looking for good quality envelopes, with a nice weight and excellent value for money.Available in C6 (11.4 x 16.2cm), perfect for A6 cards, and as smaller greeting card envelopes in C7 (8.3 x 11.2cm), fitting A7 cards - often used for save-the-date cards.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Night Black envelopes at a glanceBlack envelopes with gummed diamond flap - available in different sizesPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreElegant, deep black colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/night-black-envelopes-c6-c7-100-gsm?variant=31084336775227;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-c6-night-black-envelopes-front-open_small.jpg?v=1579782264;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-037f;5060579260460;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Night Black Envelopes - C6 / C7 - 100 gsm(50 / C7 (83 x 112 mm));£6.99;;2 - 3 working days;Coloured Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards an elegant look - with night-black envelopes from Gobrecht & Ulrich.Perfect for greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more. You can't go wrong with black - it really suits any occasion.Combine these black envelopes with white or colourful paper to give your project a very smart look. These black envelopes will surely stand out.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our black envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox. 100gsm black envelopes are perfect for everyone who's looking for good quality envelopes, with a nice weight and excellent value for money.Available in C6 (11.4 x 16.2cm), perfect for A6 cards, and as smaller greeting card envelopes in C7 (8.3 x 11.2cm), fitting A7 cards - often used for save-the-date cards.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Night Black envelopes at a glanceBlack envelopes with gummed diamond flap - available in different sizesPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreElegant, deep black colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/night-black-envelopes-c6-c7-100-gsm?variant=31084336807995;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-c6-night-black-envelopes-front-open_small.jpg?v=1579782264;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-015l;5060579260200;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Night Black Envelopes - C6 / C7 - 100 gsm(100 / C6 (114 x 162 mm));£12.99;;2 - 3 working days;Coloured Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards an elegant look - with night-black envelopes from Gobrecht & Ulrich.Perfect for greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more. You can't go wrong with black - it really suits any occasion.Combine these black envelopes with white or colourful paper to give your project a very smart look. These black envelopes will surely stand out.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our black envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox. 100gsm black envelopes are perfect for everyone who's looking for good quality envelopes, with a nice weight and excellent value for money.Available in C6 (11.4 x 16.2cm), perfect for A6 cards, and as smaller greeting card envelopes in C7 (8.3 x 11.2cm), fitting A7 cards - often used for save-the-date cards.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Night Black envelopes at a glanceBlack envelopes with gummed diamond flap - available in different sizesPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreElegant, deep black colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/night-black-envelopes-c6-c7-100-gsm?variant=31084336840763;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-c6-night-black-envelopes-front-open_small.jpg?v=1579782264;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-037l;5060579260477;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Night Black Envelopes - C6 / C7 - 100 gsm(100 / C7 (83 x 112 mm));£12.99;;2 - 3 working days;Coloured Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards an elegant look - with night-black envelopes from Gobrecht & Ulrich.Perfect for greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more. You can't go wrong with black - it really suits any occasion.Combine these black envelopes with white or colourful paper to give your project a very smart look. These black envelopes will surely stand out.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our black envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox. 100gsm black envelopes are perfect for everyone who's looking for good quality envelopes, with a nice weight and excellent value for money.Available in C6 (11.4 x 16.2cm), perfect for A6 cards, and as smaller greeting card envelopes in C7 (8.3 x 11.2cm), fitting A7 cards - often used for save-the-date cards.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Night Black envelopes at a glanceBlack envelopes with gummed diamond flap - available in different sizesPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreElegant, deep black colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/night-black-envelopes-c6-c7-100-gsm?variant=31084336873531;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-c6-night-black-envelopes-front-open_small.jpg?v=1579782264;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-OS-015m;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Night Black Envelopes - C6 / C7 - 100 gsm(200 / C6 (114 x 162 mm));£19.99;;2 - 3 working days;Coloured Envelopes>;Give your letters and cards an elegant look - with night-black envelopes from Gobrecht & Ulrich.Perfect for greeting cards, gift cards, elegant invitations, business mailings, and much more. You can't go wrong with black - it really suits any occasion.Combine these black envelopes with white or colourful paper to give your project a very smart look. These black envelopes will surely stand out.Our envelopes are made from 100gsm paper stock. Everyday office envelopes usually weigh just 70-80gsm and tear easily. The thicker quality of our black envelopes will give your invitations a very elegant finish. Your mailing will feel more valuable and the envelopes will still look great when they arrive in the recipient's letterbox. 100gsm black envelopes are perfect for everyone who's looking for good quality envelopes, with a nice weight and excellent value for money.Available in C6 (11.4 x 16.2cm), perfect for A6 cards, and as smaller greeting card envelopes in C7 (8.3 x 11.2cm), fitting A7 cards - often used for save-the-date cards.Overview Envelope Sizes SizeInner size (h x w)Outer size (h x w)FitsDIN C783 x 112 mmca. 74 x 105 mmDIN A7, DIN A6 (folded half)DIN C6114 x 162 mmca. 105 x 148 mmDIN A6, DIN A5 (folded half), DIN A4 (folded twice)DIN C5162 x 229 mmca. 148 x 210 mmDIN A5, DIN A4 (folded half), DIN A3 (folded twice)Square155 x 155 mmca. 148 x 148 mmSquare Cards, CDs (max. 148 x 148 mm)G&U Night Black envelopes at a glanceBlack envelopes with gummed diamond flap - available in different sizesPerfect for greeting cards, thank-you cards, invitations, elegant mailings and much moreElegant, deep black colour. Ideal for all kinds of occasions, personal and business useBlank and no printDoes not include matching cards. Envelopes only.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/night-black-envelopes-c6-c7-100-gsm?variant=31109571641403;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-c6-night-black-envelopes-front-open_small.jpg?v=1579782264;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-002c;;Junk Mail Blocker;No Junk Mail Sign - Vinyl Sticker or Magnet - 9.9 x 3.3 cm(Vinyl Sticker / 1);£1.99;;2 - 3 working days;Business Signage>;Every day we find unwanted junk mail in our letterbox: free leaflets, flyers, circulars, menus or free newspapers. This creates an incredible amount of wasted paper, which needs to be binned and recycled. A No Junk Mail sign can help you reduce the amount of junk mail you receive.Free yourself from annoying junk mail with this highly visible no junk mail sign for your letterbox. Help reduce waste and protect the environment.Sign reads: "STOP No Junk Mail please! No leaflets, flyers, circulars or menus. No unaddressed mail."Size: Medium, 9.9 x 3.3 cm or 3.9" x 1.3" (width x height)We offer this sign as a high-quality vinyl sticker or magnetic sign. Please choose which one you'd like in the dropdown.Vinyl Sticker SpecificationsHigh-quality vinyl sticker, no air bubblesUV-proof, weatherproof and waterproof, glossy finishPermanent adhesive vinyl sticker, suitable for outdoor use, all year roundMagnetic Sign SpecificationsWill only hold on magnetic surfaces, such as steel letterboxesWeatherproof and removable, perfect for temporary use (e.g. when away or on holiday)Please check if the surface of your letterbox or door is magnetic, for example with a fridge magnet!How to attach your No Junk Mail SignVinyl StickerAttaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease.Magnetic SignPlease check if the surface of your letterbox or door is magnetic, for example with a fridge magnet!Which surfaces are likely to be magnetic?SteelIronWhich surfaces are not magnetic?AluminiumCopperPlastic / PVCWoodImage similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/no-junk-mail-sign?variant=33439026184251;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-no-junk-mail-sign-junk-mail-blocker-medium_small.jpg?v=1587475121;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-002a;;Junk Mail Blocker;No Junk Mail Sign - Vinyl Sticker or Magnet - 9.9 x 3.3 cm(Vinyl Sticker / 2);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Business Signage>;Every day we find unwanted junk mail in our letterbox: free leaflets, flyers, circulars, menus or free newspapers. This creates an incredible amount of wasted paper, which needs to be binned and recycled. A No Junk Mail sign can help you reduce the amount of junk mail you receive.Free yourself from annoying junk mail with this highly visible no junk mail sign for your letterbox. Help reduce waste and protect the environment.Sign reads: "STOP No Junk Mail please! No leaflets, flyers, circulars or menus. No unaddressed mail."Size: Medium, 9.9 x 3.3 cm or 3.9" x 1.3" (width x height)We offer this sign as a high-quality vinyl sticker or magnetic sign. Please choose which one you'd like in the dropdown.Vinyl Sticker SpecificationsHigh-quality vinyl sticker, no air bubblesUV-proof, weatherproof and waterproof, glossy finishPermanent adhesive vinyl sticker, suitable for outdoor use, all year roundMagnetic Sign SpecificationsWill only hold on magnetic surfaces, such as steel letterboxesWeatherproof and removable, perfect for temporary use (e.g. when away or on holiday)Please check if the surface of your letterbox or door is magnetic, for example with a fridge magnet!How to attach your No Junk Mail SignVinyl StickerAttaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease.Magnetic SignPlease check if the surface of your letterbox or door is magnetic, for example with a fridge magnet!Which surfaces are likely to be magnetic?SteelIronWhich surfaces are not magnetic?AluminiumCopperPlastic / PVCWoodImage similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/no-junk-mail-sign?variant=33439026217019;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-no-junk-mail-sign-junk-mail-blocker-medium_small.jpg?v=1587475121;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-031a;;Junk Mail Blocker;No Junk Mail Sign - Vinyl Sticker or Magnet - 9.9 x 3.3 cm(Magnet / 1);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Business Signage>;Every day we find unwanted junk mail in our letterbox: free leaflets, flyers, circulars, menus or free newspapers. This creates an incredible amount of wasted paper, which needs to be binned and recycled. A No Junk Mail sign can help you reduce the amount of junk mail you receive.Free yourself from annoying junk mail with this highly visible no junk mail sign for your letterbox. Help reduce waste and protect the environment.Sign reads: "STOP No Junk Mail please! No leaflets, flyers, circulars or menus. No unaddressed mail."Size: Medium, 9.9 x 3.3 cm or 3.9" x 1.3" (width x height)We offer this sign as a high-quality vinyl sticker or magnetic sign. Please choose which one you'd like in the dropdown.Vinyl Sticker SpecificationsHigh-quality vinyl sticker, no air bubblesUV-proof, weatherproof and waterproof, glossy finishPermanent adhesive vinyl sticker, suitable for outdoor use, all year roundMagnetic Sign SpecificationsWill only hold on magnetic surfaces, such as steel letterboxesWeatherproof and removable, perfect for temporary use (e.g. when away or on holiday)Please check if the surface of your letterbox or door is magnetic, for example with a fridge magnet!How to attach your No Junk Mail SignVinyl StickerAttaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease.Magnetic SignPlease check if the surface of your letterbox or door is magnetic, for example with a fridge magnet!Which surfaces are likely to be magnetic?SteelIronWhich surfaces are not magnetic?AluminiumCopperPlastic / PVCWoodImage similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/no-junk-mail-sign?variant=33439026249787;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-no-junk-mail-sign-junk-mail-blocker-medium_small.jpg?v=1587475121;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-031b;;Junk Mail Blocker;No Junk Mail Sign - Vinyl Sticker or Magnet - 9.9 x 3.3 cm(Magnet / 2);£4.99;;2 - 3 working days;Business Signage>;Every day we find unwanted junk mail in our letterbox: free leaflets, flyers, circulars, menus or free newspapers. This creates an incredible amount of wasted paper, which needs to be binned and recycled. A No Junk Mail sign can help you reduce the amount of junk mail you receive.Free yourself from annoying junk mail with this highly visible no junk mail sign for your letterbox. Help reduce waste and protect the environment.Sign reads: "STOP No Junk Mail please! No leaflets, flyers, circulars or menus. No unaddressed mail."Size: Medium, 9.9 x 3.3 cm or 3.9" x 1.3" (width x height)We offer this sign as a high-quality vinyl sticker or magnetic sign. Please choose which one you'd like in the dropdown.Vinyl Sticker SpecificationsHigh-quality vinyl sticker, no air bubblesUV-proof, weatherproof and waterproof, glossy finishPermanent adhesive vinyl sticker, suitable for outdoor use, all year roundMagnetic Sign SpecificationsWill only hold on magnetic surfaces, such as steel letterboxesWeatherproof and removable, perfect for temporary use (e.g. when away or on holiday)Please check if the surface of your letterbox or door is magnetic, for example with a fridge magnet!How to attach your No Junk Mail SignVinyl StickerAttaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease.Magnetic SignPlease check if the surface of your letterbox or door is magnetic, for example with a fridge magnet!Which surfaces are likely to be magnetic?SteelIronWhich surfaces are not magnetic?AluminiumCopperPlastic / PVCWoodImage similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/no-junk-mail-sign?variant=33439026282555;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-no-junk-mail-sign-junk-mail-blocker-medium_small.jpg?v=1587475121;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-025c;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Norwegian Flag Stickers - Norway Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(4);£2.49;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Norwegian or simply like Norway with this high-quality Norwegian flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Norwegian flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/norwegian-flag-stickers?variant=35765454635167;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-norwegian-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597938739;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-025e;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Norwegian Flag Stickers - Norway Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(10);£2.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Norwegian or simply like Norway with this high-quality Norwegian flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Norwegian flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/norwegian-flag-stickers?variant=35765454667935;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-norwegian-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597938739;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00; HB-EN-SI-025f;;Gobrecht & Ulrich;Norwegian Flag Stickers - Norway Stickers - 7.4 x 5.2 cm(20);£3.99;;2 - 3 working days;Self-adhesive Flag Stickers>;Show that you are Norwegian or simply like Norway with this high-quality Norwegian flag stickerVibrant colours, very durable, weather-resistant and easy to peel off from back sideSelf-adhesive high-quality vinyl sticker with glossy UV coating, waterproofSticker dimensions: 7.4 x 5.2cm or 2.91" x 2.05" (width x height), like a business card, rectangular, square cornersSuitable for a variety of uses: indoor and outdoor use and all flat surfacesPerfect for indoor and outdoor use (for example as a laptop sticker, car sticker, window sticker), highly visible yet discreet.How to attach the stickers:Attaching this sticker is very easy. Choose a highly visible place and flat surface. For the best possible adhesion, please make sure that the place is clean, dry, free from dust and grease. Peel off from the backside.That’s it, you’re done! That’s how quick and easy you can attach your Norwegian flag sticker.Image similar to product.;https://www.gobrecht-ulrich.com/products/norwegian-flag-stickers?variant=35765454700703;//cdn.shopify.com/s/files/1/2096/5555/products/gobrecht-ulrich-norwegian-flag-stickers_small.jpg?v=1597938739;£0.00;£0.00;£0.00;